Some items in the TriCollege Libraries Digital Collections may be under copyright. Copyright information may be available in the Rights Status field listed in this item record (below). Ultimate responsibility for assessing copyright status and for securing any necessary permission rests exclusively with the user. Please see the Reproductions and Access page for more information.
C û )!!
StP
26 1951
j C°'Z ^ ’0,>t:
w ^ m
SWARTHMORE
COLLEGE
BULLETIN
CATALOGUE ISSUE
1952-1953
SWARTHMORE
-
PENNSYLVANIA
The Bulletin, o f which this publication is Volum e L, N o. 1, is published
monthly, except July and August, by Swarthmorè College, Swarthmore, Pa.
Entered at the post office at. Swarthmore, Pa., as second-class matter,
in accordance with provision o f the A ct o f Congress o f August 24, 1912.
A 3 •I ? •
m m
(Printed in U. S. A .)
The C ollege Library
Parrish Hall
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE
BULLETIN
CATALOGUE
IS S U E
1 9 5 2 -1 9 5 3
S W A R T H M O R E , P E N N S Y L V A N IA
V olu m e L
N um ber 1
S eptem ber, 1 9 5 2
D irections for Correspondence
For information about:
GENERAL COLLEGE POLICY
John W . Nason, President
ADMISSIONS AND SCHOLARSHIPS
For men: Dean Everett L. Hunt
For wom en: Dean Susan P. Cobbs
RECORDS, TRANSCRIPTS AND CATALOGUES
John M . M oore, Registrar
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Edward K . Cratsley, Vice-President
Charles G . Thatcher, Business Manager
VOCATIONAL PLACEMENT AND GUIDANCE
Gilm ore Stott, Assistant Dean
Deborah W in g, Associate Dean
ALUMNI AFFAIRS AND PUBLIC RELATIONS
Joseph B. Shane, Vice-President
GENERAL INFORMATION
George A . Test, Director of Publicity
DIRECTORY OF STUDENTS
Obtainable upon request to the Registrar
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE
•
SWARTHMORE, PENNSYLVANIA
2
T able o f Contents
Calendar ..............................
Personnel ...........................................
The Corporation and The Board o f M anagers..................................................
Alumni Association Officers and Alumni C ou n cil............................................
The Faculty .............................................................................................................
Divisions and Departments .................................................................................
Standing Committees..............................................................................................
Administrative Officers and Assistants.................................................................
Honorary Curators of the Biddle Memorial Library........................................
Introduction to Swarthmore College ...............................................................
Admission ...............................................................................................................
Expenses ...................................................................................................................
Student Aid and Scholarships . . . ' .......................................................................
Educational Resources ............................................................................................
College L i f e .............................................................................................................
Student Community ....................................................................
T he Educational Program ............................................................
Program for Freshmen and Sophomores.............................................................
Program for Juniors and Seniors.........................................................................
Honors W ork ...............................
Pre-Medical Program ............................................................................................
Faculty Regulations ..............................................................................................
Requirements for Graduation .............................................................................
Advanced Degrees ................................................................................................
Awards and Prizes ................................................................................................
Fellowships ............................................................................................................
Courses of Instruction ............................................................................................
Astronomy ...............................................................................................................
Biology . ...• .....................................
Chemistry............................................................
Classics.....................................................................................................................
Economics ..........................
Engineering ............................................................................................................
English Literature..................................................................................................
Fine Arts .................................................................................................................
History .....................................................................................................................
International Relations ..........................................................................................
Mathematics.............................................................................................................
Modern Languages and Literature .....................................................................
Music .............................................
Philosophy and Religion ......................................................................................
Physical Education for Men ...............................................................................
Physical Education for W o m e n ...........................................................................
Physics .....................................................................................................................
Political Science......................................................................................................
Psychology and Education ...................................................................................
Russian Studies . . . . - ............................................j ...............................................
Reference Section ....................................................................................................
Visiting Examiners ................................................................................................
Degrees Conferred..................................................................................................
Distribution of Students ......................................................
Recent Publications About Swarthmore C o lle g e ...............'. .............................
Index .......................................................................................................................
Plan of College G r o u n d s ........................................................................................
3
PAGE
4
7
8
10
11
17
18
19
21
23
28
31
33
41
45
48
51
53
55
56
59
59
62
62
64
65
67
68
71
77
82
86
89
100
105
108
112
113
117
125
127
131
132
134
136
141
146
147
148
149
152
153
154
158
1952
OCTOBER
s M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 IO 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
NOVEMBER
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30
DECEMBER
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
1953
JANUARY
s M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
FEBRUARY
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 IO 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
MARCH
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 IO 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
APRIL
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 IO 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30
MAY
S M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
IO 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
AUGUST
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 IO 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31
NOVEMBER
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30
JUNE
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 IO 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30
JULY
S M T W T 'F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
OCTOBER
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
SEPTEMBER
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30
DECEMBER
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
1954
JANUARY
s M T W T F' S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
IO 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
APRIL
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30
FEBRUARY
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 IO 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28
MARCH
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 IO 11 12 13
. 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
MAY
JUNE
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 IO 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30
S M T
T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 IO 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31
4
W
College Calendar
1952
Fall Semester
September 1 8 - 2 1 ......................... Freshman placement days
September 22 ............................. Registration, 1 :0 0 p. m.
September 23 ............................. Classes and honors seminars begin
October 7 .................................... Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
November 6 ................................Executive Committee o f the Board o f Managers
November 8 ................................Mid-semester reports
November 27 ............................. Thanksgiving Day (holiday)
December 2 ................................ Annual Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
December 2 0 ................................ Christmas recess begins, 1 2 :0 0 noon
1953
January
January
January
January
January
January
January
January
January
5 .....................................Christmas recess ends, 8: 00 a. m.
6 .................................... Executive Committee o f the Board o f Managers
15 ................................. Classes end
16 ................................. Registration, 1 :3 0 p. m.
1 6 - 1 7 ............................. Review period for course students
17 .................................. Honors seminars end
19 ..................................Mid-year examinations begin
21 .................................. Honors seminars begin for spring semester
29 .................................. Mid-year examinations end
Spring Semester
February 2 .................................. Classes begin
February 3 . ................................Executive Committee o f the Board o f Managers
March 3 .......................................Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
March 14 .................................... Mid-semester reports
March 21 .................................... Spring recess begins, 12: 00 noon
March 3 0 .......................................Spring recess ends, 8: 00 a. m.
April 7 .........................................Executive Committee o f the Board o f Managers
May 5 .........................................Executive Committee o f the Board o f Managers
Honors seminars end
May 15 .........................................Honors written examinations begin
May 16 .........................................Classes end for second-semester seniors
May 21 .........................................Classes end
May 22 .........................................Enrollment in classes for winter semester, 1: 30 p. m.
Review period for course students
May 22-23 ........................... ..
Senior written comprehensives
May 25 .........................................Final examinations begin
Honors written examinations end
May 28-30 .................................. Honors oral examinations
June 3 ........................................... Final examinations end
June 5 ...........................................Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
June 6 ........................................... Alumni Day
June 7 ........................................... Baccalaureate Day .
June 8 ........................................... Commencement Day
5
College Calendar
1953
Fall Semester
September
September
September
October 6
November
November
November
December
December
2 1 - 2 3 ......................... Freshman placement days
24 ..............................Registration, 1: 00 p. m.
25 ..............................Classes and honors seminars begin
.................................... Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
3 ................................Executive Committee o f the Board o f Managers
8 ................................Mid-semester reports
26 ..............................Thanksgiving Day (holiday)
1 ................................ Annual Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
19 ..............................Christmas recess begins, 6 :0 0 p. m.
1954
January
January
January
January
January
January
January
January
4 .................................... Christmas recess ends, 8: 00 a. m.
5 .................................... Executive Committee o f the Board o f Managers
16 .................................. Classes and seminars end
16 .................................. Registration, 1: 30 p. m.
18 .................................. Honors seminars begin for spring semester
18, 1 9 ........................... Review period for course students
20 .................................. Mid-year examinations begin
30 .................................. Mid-year examinations end
Spring Semester
February 2 .................................. Executive Committee o f the Board o f Managers
February 3 .................................. Classes begin
March 2 .......................................Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
March 20 .................................... Mid-semester reports
March 27 .................................... Spring recess begins, 1 1 :0 0 a. m.
A pril 5 .........................................Spring recess ends, 8: 00 a. m.
A pril 6 .........................................Executive Committee o f the Board o f Managers
May 1 ........................................... Honors seminars end
May 4 ................ ...........................Executive Committee o f the Board o f Managers
May 13 .........................................Honors written examinations begin
M ay 15 .........................................Classes end for seniors
May 20 .........................................Classes end
M ay 21 ......................................... Enrollment in classes for fall semester, 1: 30 p.
May 21-22 .................................. Review period for course students
Senior comprehensive examinations
M ay 22 .........................................Honors written examinations end
May
May
June
June
June
June
June
24 .........................................Final examinations begin
27-29 .................................. Honors oral examinations
2 .......................................... Final examinations end
4 ........................................... Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
5 ........................................... Alumni Day
6 .......................................... Baccalaureate Day
7 .......................................... Commencement Day
6
Personnel
of
SW ARTH M ORE COLLEGE
The Corporation
Claude C. Smith , President
1617 Land Title Building, Philadelphia 10, Pa.
Philip T . Sharples, V ice-President
Twenty-Third and Westmoreland Sts., Philadelphia 40, Pa.
Eleanor Stabler C larke, Secretary
Crumwald Farm, W allingford, Pa.
H elen G awthrop W orth , Assistant Secretary
Claymont, Delaware
E. Lawrence W orstall, Treasurer
421 Chestnut St., Philadelphia 1, Pa.
Board o f Managers
Em eriti
H etty Lippincott M iller, Riverton, N . J.
Elsie Palmer Brown , 1622 Twenty-ninth Street, N . W ., Washington 7 D C
H enry C. T urner, Buck H ill Falls, Pa.
’
Clement M . Biddle, P. O . B ox 743, Church St. Sta., N ew Y ork 8, N . Y .
Edith ^Filson Jackson, 317 North Chester Road, Swarthmore, Pa.
Lydia Foulke T aylor , 23 Summit Avenue, Larchmont, N. Y.
L ife M em bers
Eleanor Stabler Clarke, Crumwald Farm, W allingford Pa
Isaac H . Clothier, Jr., 801 Market Street, Philadelphia 5, Pa.
M ary Lippincott G riscoM, 314 East Central Avenue, Moorestown, N . J.
Robert E. Lamb , 3429 W est Indiana Avenue, Philadelphia 32, Pa.
H adassah M oore Leeds, 1025 W estview Street, Philadelphia 19, Pa.
C laude C. Smith , 1617 Land Title Building, Philadelphia 10, Pa.
Barclay W hite, 22 North Thirty-sixth Street, Philadelphia 4, Pa
H elen G awthrop W orth , Claymont, D el.
Term E xpires D ecem ber, 1952
T . Stockton M atthews , Garrett Building, Baltimore, Md.
C. N orman Stabler, 230 W est Forty-first St., N ew York, N . Y .
Frank A ydelotte, 88 Battle Road, Princeton, N . J.
Philip T . Sharples, Twenty-third and Westmoreland Streets, Philadelphia 40, Pa.
Richard H. M cFeely, George School, Bucks County, Pa.
♦Margaret Ball D ellmuth , 12 Country Club Road, Camp H ill, Pa.
Term E xpires D ecem ber, 1953
Phebb U nderhill Sbaman , Jericho, N. Y.
Elisabeth H allowell Bartlett, 1922 Mount Royal Terrace, Baltimore 17 Md
N icholas K elley, 70 Broadway, N ew Y ork 4, N . Y .
E. Lawrence W orstall, 33 Dudley Avenue, Lansdowne, Pa.
♦Gertrude W ood T hatcher, 21 College Avenue, Swarthmore, Pa.
♦W illiam H. W ard, 630 Strath Haven Avenue, Swarthmore, Pa.
Term E xpires D ecem ber, 1954
Ruth Potter A shton , 409 Elm Avenue, Swarthmore, Pa.
Isabel Jenkins Booth , 400 Delaware Street, N ew Castle, Del.
Richard C. Bond, 1300 Market St., Philadelphia, Pa.
T heodorb W iding, 800 Lincoln-Liberty Building, Philadelphia 7, Pa.
♦A mos J. Peaslbb, Clarksboro, N . J.
*Ellen Fernon Reisner, 43 W ooddale Road, Chestnut H ill, Philadelphia 18, Pa.
* Nominated by the Alumni Association.
8
Term Expires D ecem ber, 1955
Hilda Lang D enworth , 301 Elm Ave., Swarthmore, Pa.
T homas B. M cCabe, Front and Market Streets, Chester, Pa.
A n n a Engle T aylor , 8240 Fairview Road, Philadelphia 17, Pa.
Boyd T . Barnard, 914 Lincoln-Liberty Building, Philadelphia 7, Pa.
»C aroline Biddle M alin , Northgate, Bronxville, N . Y.
»Jack B. T hompson , 507 Harvard Avenue, Swarthmore, Pa.
C o m m it t e e s
of the
B oard
T he President is ex-O fficio a m em ber o f Every Com m ittee
E xecutive
Barclay W hite
Ruth Potter A shton
Frank A ydelotte
Boyd T. Barnard
Isabel Jenkins Booth
Eleanor Stabler Clarke
Isaac H. Clothier, Jr.
M ary Lippincott G riscom
Robert E. Lamb
H adassah M oore Leeds
T homas B. M cCabe
A mos J. Peaslee
Philip T. Sharples
T heodore W iding
E. L awrence W orstall
H elen G awthrop W orth
Finance
T heodore W iding
Richard C. Bond
N icholas K elley
T homas B. M cCabe
Philip T. Sharples
C laude C. Smith
E. Lawrence W orstall
Instruction and Libraries
Claude C. Smith
Ruth Potter A shton
Frank A ydelotte
H adassah M oore Leeds
Caroline Biddle M alin
Richard H. M cFeely
Phebe U nderhill Seaman
Barclay W hite
T heodore W iding
H elbn G awthrop W orth
Property
Robert E. Lamb
Boyd T. Barnard
Isabel Jenkins Booth
M ary Lippincott G riscom
A mos J. Peaslee
Jack B. T hompson
W illiam H. W ard
Barclay W hite
Trusts
T homas B. M cCabe
Boyd T. Barnard
Richard C. Bond
Isaac H. C lothier, Jr .
T. Stockton M atthews
C. N orman Stabler
E. Lawrence W orstall
H ousehold and Student A ffairs
M ary Lippincott G riscom
Elisabeth H allowell Bartlett
Eleanor Stabler C larke
M argaret Ball D ellmuth
Richard H. M c Feely
A n n a Engle T aylor
G ertrude W ood T hatcher
T heodore W iding
Nom inating
Richard H. M cFeely
H adassah M oore Leeds
Claude C. Smith
H elen G awthrop W orth
Philip T. Sharples
R uth Potter A shton
9
Alum ni Association Officers
President, W illiam F. Lee '33, 5 Guernsey Road, Swarthmore, Pa.
V ice-President fo r M en, H erbert L. Brown ’ 16, 3730 W oodland Avenue, Drexel
H ill, Pa.
V ice-President fo r W om en, V irginia Brown G reer '26, Farnum Road, Media, Pa.
Secretary, I n ez Coulter R ussell '25, 416 Haverford Place, Swarthmore, Pa.
Alum ni C ouncil
Z on e I
T erm Expires
1953
1954
1955
1953
1954
1955
Frank H . Jackson ’ 23, 1114 Beech Road, Rosemont, Pa.
L ewis M . G ill ’ 33, 527, Baird Road, Merion, Pa.
G eorge C. Corson ’ 10, Butler Pike, Plymouth Meeting, Pa.
Edward L. N oyes ’ 31, 490 Riverview Road, Swarthmore, Pa.
Barclay W hite, Jr. ’45, Heathdale Lane, Route 20, Media, Pa.
J. Stokes C lement , Jr. '34, 1363 O ld Ford Rd., Huntingdon Valley, Pa.
Charles E. Rickards '27, 555 Hansell Rd., W ynnewood, Pa.
A n n a Roberts Brosius ’ 23, Russell Road, Berwyn, Pa.
N ancy D eane Passmore ’ 30, Box 209, Rutledge, Pa.
Catharine R. Belville '19, Box 372, Trenton 3, N. J.
K atherine W arren Coles ’ 32, 517 W alnut Lane, Swarthmore, Pa.
Phyllis H arper T ow nley ’ 28, 329 Hamilton Road, Merion, Pa.
Jean W eltmer Stetson '38, 144 N . Highland Rd., Springfield, Pa.
Barbara Briggs W inde ’ 31, 805 Princeton Rd., W ilm ington 6, D el.
Z on e II
1953
Ellis G. Bishop '28, 61 Normandie Place, Cranford, N . J.
1954 Frank S. Christian ’ 31, 1235 Statler Bldg., Boston 16, Mass.
1955 N orris C. Barnard ’ 19, 410 Topping H ill Rd., Westfield, N . J.
1953 V irginia Cobb ’46, 19 Hilliard St., Cambridge 38, Mass.
1954 Caroline Jackson R ushmore ’ 31, 24 Atlanta Ave., East W illiston, N . Y .
1955 A ldyth Longshore C laiborn ’ 33, 64 Blake Rd., Hamden 14, Conn.
Z on e III
1953
Frederick S. D onnelly , Jr. ’41, Armstrong Cork Co., 295 Fifth Ave.,
1955
Philip A . Crowl ’ 36, Dept, o f the Army, Historical Division, Room 1E565
N ew Y ork 16, N . Y .
Pentagon, W ashington 25, D . C.
M ary F. B lackburn '13, 407 H ollen Road, Baltimore 12, Md.
1955 Ruth Jackson B oone '30, 7420 Wyndale Lane, Chevy Chase 15, M d.
1953
Z on e IV
1955
R. Fletcher Sbymour ’ 26, Lake Michigan Mortgage Co., 105 S. LaSalle St.,
Chicago 3, 111.
Charles C . Price, III '34, 201 W . North Shore Drive, South Bend, Ind.
Elizabeth G eddes Baker ’ 34, 72 Heather Drive, Atherton, Calif.
Elizabeth Pollard Fetter ’25, 580 Orchard Lane, Winnetka, 111.
1954
1954
W illiam P. W ood ’ 36, 28 Crest V iew Drive, Orinda, Calif.
Jean B. W alton '35, 136 East Seventh Street, Claremont, Calif.
1953
1955
1953
Z on e V
10
The Faculty
John W . N ason, President ...................................................................... 324 Cedar
B.A., Carleton College; B.A., University o f O xford; M .A., Harvard University;
LL.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Carleton College; LittJD., Muhlenberg
College, Hahnemann Medical College and Hospital o f Philadelphia; L.HJD.,
Dropsie College.
Edward K. Cratsley, V ice-President— Financial O peration and Control, and
P rofessor o f Econom ics .................................................... 925 Strath Haven Avenue
B.A., College o f W ooster; M .B.A. and D.C.S., Harvard University.
Joseph B. Shane , V ice-President— Public R elations and Alum ni A ffairs, and
Professor o f Education ..................................................................Cunningham House
B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A ., University o f Pennsylvania.
Susan P. Cobbs, D ean and P rofessor o f C la ssics.......................................W est House
B.A., Randolph-Macon W om an’s College; M .A ., N ew Y ork University; Ph.D.
University o f Chicago.
Everett L. H unt , D ean and P rofessor o f E n g lish ..............................604 Elm Avenue
B.A., Huron College; M .A ., University o f Chicago; D.Litt., Huron College.
John M . M oore, A ssociate D ean, Registrar and P rofessor o f Philosophy,
2 W hittier Place
B.A., Park College; B.D., Union Theological Seminary; M .A ., Harvard Uni
versity; Ph.D., Columbia University.
D eborah W ing , A ssociate D e a n ...................................................... Swarthmore College
B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A ., Radcliffe College.
Gilmore Stott , Assistant D e a n ................................................318 Dartmouth Avenue
B.A. and M .A ., University o f Cincinnati; B.A. and M .A ., O xford University;
M .A . and Ph.D., Princeton University.
Charles G . T hatcher, Business Manager .................................. 613 Ogden Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.E., Cornell University; M.M.E., Johns Hopkins
University.
E m e r it i
A lfred M ansfield Brooks, Professor Em eritus o f Fine A rts . . . . Gloucester, Mass.
B.A., and M .A., Harvard University;
M .A., Indiana University.
Henry Jermain M aude Creighton, P rofessor Em eritus o f Chemistry,
B.A., M .A . and LL.D., Dalhousie University; M.Sc., University o f Birmingham;
D.Sc., Das eidgenössische Polytechnikum, Zürich.
A rnold D resden, P rofessor Em eritus o f M a th em atics.....................606 Elm Avenue
M.S. and Ph.D., University o f Chicago.
Ross W . M arriott, P rofessor Em eritus o f M athem atics . . . .213 Lafayette Avenue
B.A., Indiana University; M .A ., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., University o f
Pennsylvania.
H enrietta Josephinb M eeteer, Professor Em eritus o f G reek and Latin
309 W arw ick Road, Haddonfield, N . J.
B.A., Indiana University; Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania.
Samuel Copeland Palmer, P rofessor Em eritus o f Botany,
26th and Chestnut Streets, Chester, Pa.
B.A. and M .A ., Swarthmore College; M .A . and Ph.D., Harvard University.
Professors
M ary A lbertson, Professor o f H is to r y ............................................. 405 Walnut. Lane
B.A., M .A ., and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College.
♦Solomon E. A sch, P rofessor o f P sy ch o lo g y ......................................... 513 Elm Avenue
B.S., College o f the City o f N ew Y ork; M .A . and Ph.D., Columbia University.
W alter Baade, V isiting P rofessor o f A stro n o m y .......................Swarthmore College
Ph.D., University o f Gottingen.
G eorge J. Becker, P rofessor o f E n g lish ........................................... 401 W alnut Lane
B.A., M .A ., and Ph.D., University o f Washington.
* Absent on leave, Fall Semester.
U'
Richard B. .Brandì , Professor o f P h ilo so p h y ......... , ...................... $21 Elm Avenue
B.A., Denison University; B.A., University o f Cambridge; Ph.D., Y ale Uni
versity.
H einrich Brinkmann , Professor o f M a th em atics............................. 403 Walnut Lane
B.A., Stanford University; M .A . and Ph.D., Harvard University.
Samuel T . Carpenter, Isaiah V . W illiam son P rofessor o f C ivil and M echanical
Engineering . ...................... ...............................................................612 Ogden Avenue
B.C.E., C.E. and M.S., O hio State University.
W illiam J. Cope, P rofessor o f M echanical E n g in eerin g .....................6 Crum Ledge
B.S. in M.E., University o f Utah; M.E., Stanford University; Sc.D., in M.E.,
Massachusetts Institute o f Technology.
Edward H. Cox , Edmund A llen P rofessor o f C h em istry................8 W hittier Place
B.S., Earlham College; M .A ., Harvard University; Sc.D., University o f Geneva.
■(■Richard S. Crutchfield, P rofessor o f P sy ch o lo g y ..................................8 Crum Ledge
—
B-S, California Institute o f Technology; Ph.D., University o f California.
W . C. Elmore , Professor o f P h y sics........................... Baltimore Pike, R.D. 3, Media
B.S., Lehigh University; Ph.D., Yale University.
Robert K. Enders, Isaac H . Clothier, Jr., P rofessor o f B iology . .311 Elm Avenue
B.A. and Ph.D., University o f Michigan.
*H erbbrt F. Fraser, P rofessor o f E con om ics.................................... W allingford Hills
M .A ., University o f Aberdeen; F.R. Econ. S.
Philip M arshall H icks, A lexander G risw old Cummins P rofessor o f English,
525 Elm Avenue
B.A. and M .A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania.
H oward M alcolm Jenkins, H enry C. and J. A rcher Turner P rofessor o f Engineer
ing .............................................................................................506 North Chester Road
B.A. and E.E., Swarthmore College.
W alter B. K eighton, Jr ., P rofessor o f C h em istry............................. 3U Cedar T.nP
B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Princeton University.
W olfgang K ohler, Research P rofessor o f Philosophy and Psychology,
603> Elm Avenue
Dr. Phil., University o f Berlin; D.Sc., University o f Pennsylvania.
H arold M . M arch, P rofessor o f F r e n c h ............................................. 600 Elm Avenue
B.A., Princeton University; Ph.D., Yale University.
JOHN D . M c C r u m m , P rofessor o f Electrical E n g in eerin g ..............515 Elm Avenue
B.S. and M.S., University o f Colorado.
J. Roland Pennock , P rofessor o f Political S c ie n c e ......................... 3 Whittier Place
B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A . and Ph.D., Harvard University.
Edith Philips, Susan W . Lippincott Professor o f F r en ch ................ 517 Elm Avenue
B.A., Goucher College; Docteur de l’Université de Paris.
Frank C. Pierson, P rofessor o f E con om ies.................................... 740 Ogden Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; P h .D , Columbia University.
tToWNSBND SCUDDBR, III, P rofessor o f English
B.A. and P h .D , Y ale University.
Charles B. Shaw , Librarian ............................................................. 606 Ogden Avenue
B .A , M .A . and L.H .D ., Clark University.
L. R. Shero , P rofessor o f G r e e k ............................................... 651 North Chester Road
B .A , Haverford College; B .A , University o f O xford; M .A. and P h .D , Uni
versity o f Wisconsin.
A lfred J. Sw an , P rofessor o f M usic (on joint appointment with Haverford College)
519 W alnut Lane
B.A. and M .A , University o f O xford.
Peter van de K amp , P rofessor o f A stronom y and D irector o f Sproul Observatory
602 Elm Avenue
B.S. and M .S , University o f Utrecht; P h .D , University o f California; D .P h il,
University o f Groningen.
Robert M . W alker, P rofessor o f Fine A rts .................................... 6 W hittier Place
B.A. and M .F.A., Princeton University; P h .D , Harvard University.
* Absent on leave, Fall Semester,
t Absent on leave.
12
C l a k W iLCox, Joseph W harton P rofessor o f Political Econom y .510 Ogden Avenue
B.S., University o f Pennsylvania; M .A., O hio State University: P h D
Uni
versity o f Pennsylvania.
7
Elkmibth Cox W right Professor o f E n g lish ............................. Rose Valley, Moylan
B.A., Wellesley College; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvank.
W inthrop R. W right, M orris L. C lothier P rofessor o f Physics . .4 W hittier Place
A.
B. and rn.JL)., University of Michigan.
A s s o c ia t e
P rofessors
Lv m a BAE^ A ssociate P rofessor o f G erm a n ................Brookside Road, W allingford
B. A., Oberlin College; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania
D ennison Bancroft , A ssociate P rofessor o f P h y s ic s ............733 Harvard Avenue
B.A., Amherst College; Ph.D., Harvard University.
M onroe C. Beardsley, A ssociate P rofessor o f Philosophy .221 N. Princeton Avenue
B.A. and Ph.D., Y ale University.
tPAUL H . B eik , A ssociate P rofessor o f H istory .................................. 512 Elm Avenue
B.A., Union College; M .A . and Ph.D., Columbia University.
PrnLip W . Carruth, A ssociate P rofessor o f M athem atics . .317 North Chester Road
B.A., Hamilton College; M .A., Syracuse University; Ph.D., University o f
Illinois.
1
Robert H. D unn , A ssociate P rofessor o f Physical Education fo r M en,
n o -r
iTTB.S., Temple University.
811 Westdale Avenue
Lewis H. Elverson, A ssociate P rofessor o f Physical Education fo r M en,
E.
n o tt •
..
c n
,
.
319 W alnut Lane
B.S., University o f Pennsylvania.
J. Faulkner , A ssociate P rofessor o f Physical Education fo r M en,
t.
4 n„
T
a
■
n ,
,
235 Dickinson Avenue
James A. Field, Jr A ssociate P rofessor o f H is to r y ........................... 7 Crum Ledge
-------- B.S., M .A ., and Ph.D., Harvard University.
fRoDERiCK Firt h , Associate Professor o f P h ilosop h y ......................... 400 W alnut Lane
B.S., Haverford C ollege;' M .A . and Ph.D., Harvard University
Launce J. Flemister, Jr ., A ssociate P rofessor o f Z oology,
n 4 ,, .
, n, n. n. ,
R ogers Lane and Plush M ill Road, W allingford
B.A., M .A . and Ph.D., D uke University.
1
D uncan G raham Foster, A ssociate P rofessor o f C h em istry..............15 Crest Lane
B.A. and M .A., Harvard University; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University.
C. Justus G arrahan , A ssociate P rofessor o f Electrical Engineering,
B.S. and M.S., University o f Pennsylvania.
301 C° llege A veaue
Mila^ W . G arrett, A ssociate P rofessor o f Physics . .336 North Princeton Avenue
B.A. and M .A ., Stanford University; B.A. and D.Phil., University o f O xford.
Frederic S. K lees, A ssociate P rofessor o f E n g lish .................................... The Damsite
B.A., Bowdoin College.
Laurence D . Lafore , A ssociate P rofessor o f H is to r y .................. 506 Ogden Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A ., Ph.D., Fletcher School o f Law and Diplomacy.
Luzern G. Livingston, A ssociate P rofessor o f Botany,
d o t
_ ,,
„
.
422 Highland Avenue, Morton
B.S., Lawrence College; Ph.D., University o f Wisconsin.
N o rm an A . M e in k o t h , A ssociate Professor o f Z oology . . . . 8 3 5 Harvard Avenue
B. o f Ed., Southern Illinois Teachers College; M.S. and Ph.D., University o f
Illinois.
Jo h n . H imes Pitman , A ssociate P rofessor o f M athem atics and A stronom y,
„ .
328 Vassar Avenue
B.A. and M .A., Swarthmore College.
fWiLLlAM C- H. Prentice, A ssociate P rofessor o f Psychology . . . . 1 W hittier Place
B A., Swarthmore College; M .A . and Ph.D., Harvard University.
t Absent on leave.
13
V irginia Rath , A ssociate P rofessor o f Physical Education fo r W om en,
7 i5 Yale Avenue
B.A., H ollins College; M .A ., Columbia University.
K arl Rbuning , A ssociate P rofessor o f German . . . . 211 South Swarthmore Avenue
D r. Phil., University o f Giessen.
W alter J. Scott, A ssociate P rofessor o f Z o o lo g y ............306 North Chester Road
Ph.B., Lafayette College; Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania.
James D . Sorber, A ssociate P rofessor o f Spanish and D irector o f M usical A ctivities,
404 W alnut Lane
B.A., Lehigh University; M .A ., University o f Nebraska.
M urray S. Stedman , Jr ., A ssociate P rofesor o f Political Science . . . 1 Crum Ledge
B.A., W illiam s College; M .A ., and Ph.D., Columbia University.
W illis J. Stetson , A ssociate P rofessor o f Physical Education fo r M en and D irector
o f A thletics ..................................................144 North Highland Road, Springfield
B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A ., University o f Pennsylvania,
fF rederick B. T olles, A ssociate P rofessor o f H istory and Librarian o f the Friends
H istorical L ib ra r y .....................................Huntington Library, San Marino 9, Cal.
B.A., M .A ., Ph.D., Harvard University.
H ans W allach , A ssociate P rofessor o f P s y ch o lo g y ................ 805 Harvard Avenue
D r. Phil., University o f Berlin.
N eal A . W eber, A ssociate P rofessor o f Z o o lo g y ...................................... W est House
B.A. and M.S., University o f North Dakota; M .A . and Ph.D., Harvard Uni____versity.
Leon W encelius, A ssociate P rofessor o f F r en ch ............................. 519 W alnut Lane
D . és L., University o f Paris; L.Th., University o f Strasbourg; Th.D ., Union
Theological Seminary.
+Stephen E. W hicher, A ssociate P rofessor o f E n g lish .................... 5 W hittier Place
B.A., Amherst College; M .A ., Columbia University; Ph.D., Harvard University.
A s s is t a n t P r o f e s s o r s
Elisa A sensio, Assistant P rofessor o f Spanish,
Oakley Road and Railroad Avenue, Haverford
M .A ., Middlebury College.
Carl Barus, Assistant P rofessor o f Electrical E n g in eerin g .................. 2 Crum Ledge
B.A., Brown University; M.S., Massachusetts Institute o f Technology.
Frederick S. Burrell, Assistant P rofessor o f M echanical Engineering,
Swarthmore College
B.S. in E.E. and M.S., Kansas State College; M.E., Massachusetts Institute o f
Technology.
R ussell A . Clark , Assistant P rofessor o f P sy ch o lo g y ................ ..
.8 Crum Ledge
B.A. and M .A ., Wesleyan University; Ph.D., Y ale University.
H ilde D . Cohn , Assistant Professor o f G erm a n ................................ 515 Elm Avenue
Dr. Phil., University o f Heidelberg.
Joseph D . Conard, Assistant P rofessor o f E con om ics.....................132 Park Avenue
B.A., Grinnell College; M .A ., University o f California.
D avid Cowden , Assistant P rofessor o f E n g lish .................... 302 North Chester Road
B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A . and Ph.D., Harvard University.
Bruce D earIng , Assistant P rofessor o f E n g lish ...................................... 3 Crum Ledge
B.A., Allegheny College; M .A . and Ph.D., University o f Iowa.
Edward A . Fehnel , Assistant P rofessor o f Chem istry . . . .317 North Chester Road
B.S., M .A . and Ph.D., Lehigh University.
A rthur G ladstone, Assistant P rofessor o f P sy ch o lo g y ............915 Harvard Avenue
B.S., Queens College; M.S. and Ph.D., Y ale University.
H enry G leitman , Assistant P rofessor o f Psychology . . . . 302 North Chester Road
B.S., City College o f N ew Y ork ; Ph.D., _ University o f California.
W illiam H ordern, Assistant P rofessor o f R e lig io n ......... 317 North Chester Road
B.A., University o f Saskatchewan; B.D., St. Andrew’ s; S.T.M. and Th.D .,
Union Theological Seminary.
t Absent on leave.
14
Roy F. D nsenmeyer, Assistant P rofessor o f C ivil Engineering,
555 Sheffield Drive, Springfield, Pa.
B.S. in C.E., University o f Pittsburgh; M.S.E., University o f Michigan.
Peter M adison, Assistant P rofessor o f P sy ch o lo g y .................................. 4 Crum Ledge
B.S., University o f Oregon; M .A., Harvard University.
G erard J. M angone , Assistant P rofessor o f Political Science . .317 N . Chester Road
B.A., College o f the City o f N ew Y ork; M .A . and Ph.D., Harvard University.
John I. M ichaels, Jr., Assistant P rofessor o f Political Science (on joint appoint
ment with Bryn Mawr and Haverford Colleges) . . . .317 North Chester Road
B.A., University o f W ichita; M .A ., O hio State Univeristy; M .A . and Cer.tificate o f the Russian Institute, Columbia University.
Irene M oll , Assistant P rofessor o f Physical Education fo r W om en,
hg
805 Harvard Avenue
B.S. in Ed., University o f Kansas; M .A ., Texas State College for W om en.
+Bernard M orrill, Assistant P rofessor o f M echanical Enginereing,
915 Harvard Avenue
B.S. in M.E., Massachusetts Institute o f Technology; M.M.E., University of
__Delaware.
Charles W . N ewlin , Assistant P rofessor o f C ivil Engineering,
204 Sunnybrook Road, Springfield, Pa.
B.C.E., Rose Polytechnic Institute; M.S., Harvard University.
H elen -F. N orth , Assistant P rofessor o f C la ssics......................... 120 S. Chester Road
B.A., M .A ., Ph.D., Cornell University.
M ay E. Parry, Assistant Professor o f Physical Education fo r W om en,
Swarthmore Apartments
B.A., Swarthmore College; B.S., Temple University.^
Philip C. Prager, Assistant P rofessor o f M echanical Engineering,
91 Lownes Lane, Springfield
B.S. in M.E., University o f Pittsburgh.
Hedley H. Rhys, Assistant P rofessor o f Fine A rts,
146 South Rolling Road, Springfield, Pa.
B.A., W est Virginia University; M .A ., Harvard University.
Richard T aylor , V isiting Assistant P rofessor o f Philosophy . . Swarthmore College
B.A. and Ph.D., Brown University.
T heodore H. V on Laue, Assistant Professor o f H istory (part-tim e),
5 Crum Ledge
B.A. and Ph.D., Princeton University.
W illiam W asserstrom, Assistant P rofessor o f E n g lish ............Swarthmore College
B.A., Bucknell University; M .A . and Ph.D., Columbia University.
W illis D . W eatherford, Assistant Professor o f Econom ics . .Swarthmore College
B.A., Vanderbilt University; B.D., Y ale University; M .A . and Ph.D., Harvard
University.
M erton J. W illis, Assistant P rofessor o f C ivil Engineering . .915 Harvard Avenue
B.C.E., University o f W ashington; M.S., Cornell University.
Paul N . Y lvisaker, Assistant P rofessor o f Political Science . . . .8B W hittier Place
B.S., Mankato State Teachers College; M .P.A. and Ph.D., Harvard University.
In st r u c to r s
Elizabeth Lane Beardsley, Instructor (part-tim e) in Philosophy,
221 North Princeton Avenue
B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A ., Columbia University; Ph.D., Y ale University.
K u rt K . Bohnsack, Instructor in B io lo g y ........................... 302 North Chester Road
B.S., O hio University; M.S., University o f Michigan.
Robert D . Cross, Instructor in H is to r y .........................................805 Harvard Avenue
B.A. and M .A ., Harvard University.
H blen M . H all , Instructor ( part-tim e) in E n g lish ................ 607 Hiltborn Avenue
B.A., W ellesley College; M .A ., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., University o f
Pennsylvania.
t Absent on leave
15
H elen M anning H unter, Instructor (part-tim e) in Econom ics,
Ph.D., R addiffe College.
5 C° llege Circle’ Hav « fo r d
i 1s r „ j . r
Diplom a, D em idoff Teachers Training College, Russia!............3 5
L
O lga Lamkert , Instructor in Russian ................
B
E ^ liJ h * * * 0 ™.. ,LANGE’ D ,rector ° f Dramatics and Instructor (part-tim e) in
Richard W . Lym an , Instructor in H is to rv .................................... m“ 6
B.A
Swarthmore College; M .A . H ^vard U niversity'' '
Swarthlnore
BA “ S
lnStZ CT i f ^ h e m a t i c s .................... 805 Harvard Avenue
J r ® ’ G nn ? e* College; M .A ., University o f Illinos.
n ~n
D avid Rosbn, Instructor in M a th em a tics................
p = .TB ^ - ’c NeW Y ° rk University; M .A . and Ph.D., University' o f P e ™ X n k
S
ai<
a'
D.A W d l o W College; P h .D , v i l e u i v e ^ . ' .............. ” H * " " d A '" ” "
Erna F. Schneider, Instructor in P hilotobhv
JOH
si S S T S fifi» ..................«>«... u»
......................................... 120 South C h «te r Road
Leland B. T icknor , Instructor in Chemistry
r n
B.S., University o f Washington; Ph.D., Maisachusetti Institute o f T e c h S E S ?
L ecturers a n d
A s s is t a n t s
A lice Brodhead, Lecturer in Psychology and Education,
B.S and M .A . University o f Pennsylvania.
^
R
Swarthmore Avenue
SARAH Flemistbr, Lecturer (part-tim e) in B iology,
B.A., M .A . and Ph.D., Duke
^
M U R° ad’ W al!in* ford
PHILIR A ' ^ T ^ CtUrerJ n * f i ticaL S- ' e n c e ............14 South Swarthmore Avenue
University? Umversity: M A '> University o f Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Princeton
Sarah Lee Lippincott^Research A ssociate in A stronom y . . 120 South Chester Road
B.A., Umversity o f Pennsylvania;
M .A ., Swarthmore College
8
R obert Bach, Assistant tn Physical Education fo r M en,
■
d a
tn
r> it
_, .
25 North State Road, Upper Darbv
B.A., Dartmouth College; M .A ., Umversity o f Pennsylvania.
WALTER A. Bahr, Assistant in Physical Education fo r M en,
B.S., Temple University.
246 T ' HamPshire Avenue> Audubon, N . J.
A very B lake , Assistant in Physical Education fo r M e n ........... 49 Amherst Avenue
A . . W ayne Conger, O bserver (part-tim e) in Astronom y,
Avenue
t,
„ „
c
Julia E.
koehle ^
. Brooke Hall, Baltimore Pike and Lemon Street, Media
in A stro n o m y ..............................403 Park Avenue
James J. M cA doo, Assistant in Physical Education fo r M en,
James H . M iller, Assistant in Physical E d i c l f o ^ f o r M ^
M.S., University o f Pennsylvania.
Germantown
834 SeVenth
Pf0Spect Park
Janbt Scantlebury, Assistant in Physical Education fo r W om en,
H oward D . Sipler, A ssistant in Physical Education fo fM e n , Street> •UUila.delphia
B.A., Swarthmore College.
120 Harvard Avenue
Paul Stofko , Assistant in Physical Education fo r M en,
n o TT .
.
. _
J008 Hempstead Road, Pennfield Downs, Havertown
B.S., Umversity o f Pennsylvania.
Florence W ilcox , D irector o f A rts and Crafts ......................... 510 Ogden Avenue
B.A., O hio Wesleyan Umversity; M .A ., University o f Pennsylvania
16
D
I.
iv is io n s
an d
D
epartm en ts
Division o f the Humanities— L. R. Shero, Chairman.
Classics, L. R. Shero, Chairman.
English, Philip M . Hicks, Chairman.
Fine Arts, Robert M. W alker, Chairman.
History, M ary A lbertson, Chairman.
Modern Languages, Edith Philips, Chairman.
Music, A lfred J. Sw an , Chairman.
Philosophy and Religion, Richard B. Brandt, Chairman.
Psychology and Education, H ans W allach , Chairman.
II.
Division o f the Social Sciences— Frank C. Pierson, Chairman.
Economics, Clair W ilcox, Chairman.
History, M ary A lbertson, Chairman.
Philosophy and Religion, Richard B. Brandt, Chairman.
Political Science, J. Roland Pennock , Chairman.
Psychology, H ans W allach , Chairman.
III.
D ivision o f Mathematics and the Natural Sciences—
Robert K. Enders, Chairman.
Astronomy, Peter van de K amp , Chairman.
Biology, Robert K. Enders, Chairman.
Chemistry, Edward H . Cox , Chairman.
Electrical Engineering, H oward M. Jenkins, Chairman.
Mathematics, H ehnrich Brinkmann , Chairman.
Physics, W illiam C. Elmore , Chairman.
Psychology and Education, H ans W alla Ch , Chairman.
IV .
D ivision o f Engineering— John D . M cCrumm , Chairman
Civil Engineering, Samuel T. Carpenter , Chairman.
Electrical Engineering, H oward M. Jenkins, Chairman.
Mechanical Engineering, W illiam J. Cope, Chairman.
Chemistry, Edward H . Cox , Chairman.
Mathematics, H einrich Brinkmann , Chairman.
Physics, W illiam C. Elmore, Chairman.
17
St a n d i n g C o m m i t t e e s
of
the
Fa c u l t y
1952-53
academic requirements : M oore, Chairman.
Brinkmann, Cobbs, Field, Hunt, McCrumm, North.
( m e n ) : Hunt, Chairman.
Bohnsack, Cobbs, Elverson, Foster, M oore, Prager, Shane, Stott, Ylvisaker.
admissions
( w o m e n ) : Cobbs, Chairman.
Beardsley, Field, Hunt, Meinkoth, W in g.
admissions
athletics : Stetson, Chairman.
.
„
Carpenter, Dunn, Rath, Scott, Shane, Thatcher, Weatherford, with Charles C. Miller,
awards and prizes: Becker, Chairman.
Keighton, Mangone, Stott, W illis, W in g.
collection :
Shane, Chairman.
Mangone, Meinkoth, Newlin, Sorber.
cooper foundation :
Lafore, Chairman.
Elmore, Klees, McCrumm, Pierson, Rhys, Swan, van de Kamp.
curriculum : L. Flemister, Chairman.
Carruth, Conard, Garrahan, M oore, Sorber, Walker.
swarthmore fellowships :
Brinkmann, Chairman.
Cohn, Fehnel, Lafore, March, W eber, W ilcox.
FELLOWSHIPS FROM
other institutions : March, Chairman.
Albertson, Carpenter, Cobbs, Cohn, Foster, Stott, W allach.
instruction : Nason, Chairman.
Becker, Cobbs, Enders, Hunt, McCrumm, Pierson, Shero.
library : Rhys, Chairman.
Baer, Cox, Field, Gleitman, North, Shaw, E. W right.
OF ARTS: van de Kamp, Chairman.
Albertson, Asch, Brandt, Jenkins.
master
pre-medical program : Meinkoth, Chairman.
Bowie, Keighton, Stott, Wallach.
schedule of classes: M oore, Chairman.
Bancroft, Carruth, Cowden, Garrahan, Madison, Stedman, Walker.
student affairs : Hunt, Chairman.
Cobbs, Conard, Hordern, Lafore, Madison, Stott, Pennock, W in g.
travel allowance : North, Chairman.
Jenkins, Livingston, Reuning.
secretary TO the faculty : Jenkins.
18
Adm inistrative Officers and Assistants
P r e s id e n t ’s O
f f ic e
President, John W . N ason, B.A., Carleton College; B.A., University o f O xford;
M .A., Harvard University; LL.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Carleton C ol
lege; Litt. D ., Muhlenberg College, Hahnemann Medical College and Hospital
o f Philadelphia, L.H .D ., Dropsie College.
Secretary, Janet G. B ourne .
V
i c e -P r e s id e n t s ’
O
f f ic e
Vice-President— Financial Operation and Control, Edward K. Cratsley,
B.A., College o f W ooster; M .B.A. and D.C.S., Harvard University.
V ice-President— Public Relations and Alum ni A ffairs, Joseph B. Shane .
B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A ., University o f Pennsylvania.
Secretaries, D oris M usgrave, M ildred A . Scott .
D
eans’
O
f f ic e s
D eans:
Susan P. Cobbs, B.A., Randolph-Macon W om an’s College;
M .A ., N ew Y ork
University; Ph.D., University o f Chicago.
Everett L. H unt , B.A., Huron College; M .A ., University o f Chicago; D.Litt.,
Huron College.
Associate D eans:
John M . M oore, B.A., Park College; B.D., Union Theological Seminary;
M .A ., Harvard University; Ph.D., Columbia University.
D eborah W ing, B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A ., Radcliffe College.
Assistant D ean:
G ilmore Stott , B.A. and M .A., University o f Cincinnati;
B.A. and M .A.,
O xford University; M .A . and Ph.D., Princeton University.
Head Residents in D orm itories:
V irginia von Frankenberg, Parrish Hall.
Sara M . Little, W orth Dorm itory; B.A., Smith College.
H elen F. N orth , Palmer H all; B.A., M .A ., Ph.D., Cornell University.
H elen C. Bowie , Pittenger H all; B.A., University o f Colorado.
Sarah Lee Lippincott, Roberts H all; B.A., University o f Pennsylvania; M .A.,
Swarthmore College.
Secretaries to th e D eans:
H elene M. D avis.
Janb D avis, B.A., University o f Pennsylvania.
M yrtle R. K ebny , B.A., Dickinson College.
Frances W ills Slaugh, B.A., Swarthmore College.
R e g is t r a r ’ s O
f f ic e
Registrar, John M . M oore, B.A., Park College; B.D., Union Theological Seminary;
M .A., Harvard University; Ph.D., Columbia University.
Secretaries, M ildred T . W alichuk , B.A., Bucknell University.
D orothy C. A llen .
19
L ib r a r y St a f f
College Library
Librarian: Charles B. Shaw , B.A., M .A ., and L.H .D ., Clark University.
Technical Services Librarian: M artha A . Connor , B.S., M .A., University of
Pennsylvania; B.S. in L.S., Drexel Institute.
Assistant Librarians:
Cataloging: Elizabeth L. H arrar, B.A., University o f Delaware; M .A.,
University o f Pennsylvania; B.S. in L.S., Drexel Institute.
Elizabeth S. Sharpless, B.A ., Swarthmore College; B.S., in L.S., Drexel
Institute.
O rder: Catherine J. Smith , B.A., Swarthmore College; B.S. in L.S.,
Drexel Institute.
Clerical A ssistants: Frances Fredrick, A nne Perkins, B.A., University of
Delaware.
Readers Services libra ria n : H oward H. W illiams, B.A., Lake Forest College;
M .A ., and B.S. in L.S., Columbia University.
Assistant Librarians:
Circulation: tD oris Beik, B.A., and B.S. in L.S., N ew Y ork State College
for Teachers.
*M ichi N akamura , B.A., Tsuda College, Tokyo; M.S. in L.S., Drexel In
stitute.
**D avid Peele, B.A., Swarthmore College; M.S. in L.S., Western Reserve
University.
P eriodicals: M ary G . T ait , B.A., W ells College; B.S. in L.S;, Drexel In
stitute.
Circulation A ssistants: G enevieve M ay , B.A., Juniata College; Susan R ounds,
B.A., Swarthmore College.
Curator o f th e John W illiam Graham C ollection o f Literature o f Psychic Science:
S. Rowland M organ .
Friends Historical Library
.
Librarian, J*Frederick B. T olles, B.A., M .A ., and Ph.D., Harvard University.
A ctin g Librarian: D orothy G . H arris, B.A., Wellesley College; B.S. in L.S.,
Drexel Institute.
Assistant lib ra ria n : Benjam in H . Branch , Jr ., B.S., Drexel; B.A., G uilford
College; M.S., University o f Illinois.
Cataloger: M ildred H irsch, B.S. in L.S., Columbia University.
Secretary: Elizabeth L. M angelsdorf, B.A., Swarthmore College.
Swarthmore C ollege Peace C ollection:
C urator: M ary G . Cary , B.A., Bryn Mawr College; M .A ., University o f
Pennsylvania; B.S. in L.S., Drexel Institute.
B u s in e s s M a n a g e r ’s O f f ic e
Business M anager, Charles G . T hatcher , B.A., Swarthmore College, M.E., Cornell
University; M.M.E., Johns Hopkins University.
Accountant, G . Caroline Shero, B.A., Swarthmore College; M .B.A., University of
Pennsylvania.
Assistants, G race R. Babbitt, G ertrudb G erould, Sylvia J. Scott .
Purchasing A gent, Lewis T . Cook, Jr ., B.S., St. Lawrence University; M.S., Penn
sylvania State College.
Secretary, M arielle Schwantes Fenstermacher, B.A., Swarthmore College.
M anager o f B ookstore, Jean M. Sokber.
Stenographic Staff, M arian R ansburg.
Switchboard O perators, A yme G osman , Lydia E. Ramage, Edna Corson .
t Absent on leave.
* Second semester only.
20
* * On leave second semester.
H
ou se
D
ir e c t o r ’s
Ô
f f ic ë
H ouse D irector, Sara M . Little , B.A., Smith College.
Assistant to the H ouse D irector, Kathryn A . D avisson.
S u p e r i n t e n d e n t ’s O f f ic e
Superintendent and H ead Gardener, H arry W ood.
D irector o f A rthur H oyt Scott H orticultural Foundation, Joh n C. W ister, B A
Harvard University, D.Sc., Swarthmore College.
Consulting Engineer, A ndrew Simpson , B .A , Swarthmore College; M.S. Cornell
University.
Assistants to th e Superintendent, Clifford Renshaw , Sr ., A rlington A ckerman
Secretaries, V eronica Sullivan , Francis K avanagh .
D i e t i t i a n ’s O f f ic e
D ietitian, R uth E. Carr, B.S., Simmons College.
Assistant D ietitian, H ilda H opkins Smith , B.S., Simmons College.
A l u m n i O f f ic e
Assistant, K athryn Bassett.
Alumni Recorder, Elnora Cox Sw artz .
F u n d O f f ic e
D irector, H arriet M. W elsh.
Secretary, H arriet G ilbert.
*
P u b l ic it y O f f ic e
D irector, G eorge A. T est, B.A., Swarthmore College; M .A., University o f Pennsyl
vania.
H e a l t h S e r v ic e
Physician, M orris A . Bowie , B.A., University of Colorado;
versity.
M.D., Harvard Uni
Consulting Psychiatrists:
Leon J. Saul , B.A. and M .A ., Columbia University; M .D ., Harvard University.
J. W . Lyons, B.A., University o f Scranton; M .D ., University o f Pennsylvania.
N urses:
A nne A ustin, R.N., B lanche D evereux, R.N., Regina L. H oltzman , R.N.,
A n n a H. Lilley , R.N.
H onorary
C u rators o f th e
B id d l e M e m o r i a l L ib r a r y
Frank A ydelottb .......................................................... 88 Battle Road, Princeton, N . J.
Clement M . Bid d l e ................... P. O . Box 743, Church Street Station, N ew Y ork 8
La V brnb Fo r b u s h .......................................... 5014 Embla Avenue, Baltimore 10, Md.
James R. Fr o r e r ........................................................ W eldin Road, W ilm ington 284, Del.
Hannah Clothier H ull .............................................. 504 W alnut Lane, Swarthmore
Jesse M erritt ..........................................................................................Farmingdale, L. I.
Louis N . Ro b in s o n ........................................................ 4 l l College Avenue, Swarthmore
Jane P. Rushmore ..................................................................................... Riverton, N . J.
21
In t r o d u c t io n
SWARTHMORE
To
COLLEGE
Introduction to Swarthmore C ollege
Swarthmore College, founded In 1864 by members o f the Religious Society
o f Friends, is a small co-educational college situated twelve miles southwest
o f Philadelphia. In accordance with the traditions o f its Quaker background,
Swarthmore students are expected to prepare themselves for full, wellrounded lives as individuals and as responsible citizens through exacting in
tellectual study supplemented by a varied program o f sports and extra
curricular activities.
The college campus contains about 250 acres o f rolling w ooded land in
the borough o f Swarthmore in Delaware County, Pennsylvania. T he borough
o f Swarthmore is a small residential suburb within half an hour’s commuting
distance o f Philadelphia on the W est Chester branch o f the Pennsylvania
Railroad. Situated near the intersection o f U. S. Route 1 (Baltimore Pike)
and Pennsylvania State Highway 320, Swarthmore is easily accessible by car.*
Because o f its location, Swarthmore College students are able to combine
the advantages o f a semi-rural setting with the opportunities offered by
Philadelphia. Especially valuable is the cooperation possible with three
other nearby institutions, Bryn Mawr and Haverford Colleges and the U ni
versity o f Pennsylvania.
O b j e c t iv e s a n d P u r p o s e s
The purpose o f Swarthmore College is to make its students more valu
able human beings and more useful members o f society. It shares this
purpose with other educational institutions, fo r American education is a
direct outgrowth o f our democratic principles. Democracy is based on the
infinite worth o f each individual. It can operate successfully only when
men are willing to seek together a common good. It depends upon knowl
edge and understanding o f the complex problems o f modern society. The
debt o f our educational system to democracy is equalled only by the debt
o f democracy to education.
W h ile a comm on purpose underlies all American education, each
school and college and university seeks to realize that purpose in its own
way. Each must select those tasks it can do best. Only in this way can it
be most effective. Only by such selection can it contribute to the diversity
and richness o f educational opportunity which is a part o f the American
heritage and the American strength.
T h e R e l ig io u s T r a d it io n
Swarthmore College was founded by the Religious Society o f Friends and
it seeks to illuminate the life o f its students with the spiritual principles o f
• T o reach the college, motorists should turn off U. S. Route 1 to State Highway 320 in the direc
tion of Chester and continue south along Chester Road in the borough of Swarthmore about half a
mile until reaching College Avenue. There a right turn is made to the college campus.
24
that Society. Although it has been non-sectarian in control since the begin
ning o f the present century and although the children o f Friends are in a
minority, the college seeks to preserve the religious tradition out o f which
it sprang.
The essence o f Quakerism is the individual’s responsibility fo r seeking
truth and for applying whatever truth he believes he has found. A s a way
o f life, it emphasizes hard work, simple living, and generous giving; personal
integrity, social justice, and the peaceful settlement o f disputes. The college
does not seek to impose on its students this Quaker view o f life, or any
other specific set o f convictions about the nature o f things and the duty
of man. It does, however, have the tw o-fold aim o f encouraging conscious
concern about such questions and unceasing re-examination o f any view
which may be held regarding them. That is the kind o f ethical and
religious character which Swarthmore seeks to develop.
During recent months a special joint committee o f the Board o f Managers,
the faculty, and the students has been working on ways to apply and to
make effective the Quaker concerns o f the college in the present world
situation. One result o f its labors thus far is the provision fo r a field o f
concentration in International Relations, outlined on page 112 below.
T h e C o m m u n i t y L if e
Swarthmore is a small college by deliberate policy. Its enrollment in
normal years is about 850 students, o f whom about 400 are women and 450
are men. It is semi-rural in location, residential and co-educational in
character. These features create an ideal environment fo r personal growth.
Co-education provides the most natural environment fo r both men and
women, w ho in their common work and play come to value each other for
their true worth. Almost all o f the students live in the college dormitories
and eat together in the dining rooms. A large number o f faculty houses
are within campus boundaries, making it possible for students to have valu
able social contacts with their professors outside the classroom. The resi
dential character is the basis fo r a community life in which the ideals o f the
college influence every member. Growth in emotional maturity, necessary
both for personal satisfaction and for effective action, is an integral part o f
the total educational program.
For this reason the college encourages a wide variety o f extra-curricular
activities. Participation in sports has many values, social as well as indi
vidual. Membership in student organizations is important. In practising
parliamentary procedure and in facing the victories and defeats o f elective
office, students learn to live together, ironing out the clash o f personalities
and the friction o f different views. They learn the effectiveness o f enthus
iasm and the frustration o f indifference. They learn to soften their un25
critical intolerance as they struggle to live successfully together. They learn
the meaning o f responsibility as they become responsible fo r their activities.
T h e Ed u c a t io n a l P r o g r a m
Swarthmore’s educational program is based on the philosophy that selfdiscovery and self-development are more valuable than the simple demon
strative method o f teaching. Therefore, whenever it is possible, students
are encouraged to make their own analyses, based on original source material
or on laboratory experiments.
Believing also that a liberal education is based on knowledge o f many
areas o f human experience, the college requires that freshmen and sopho
mores take a wide variety o f courses. This plan allows them to test their
ability in subjects they have already studied and to explore new fields. By
the end o f their sophomore year, students are expected to make two de
cisions: first, what their field o f concentration w ill be fo r the last two years;
and second, whether they prefer to take "honors work” or to continue
their study in regular courses.
Honors work, more fully described on pages 56 to 58, is a method
o f study open to juniors and seniors who have shown independence and re
sponsibility in their academic work. They are freed from classroom routine
and meet with their instructors in small weekly seminar groups fo r dis
cussion and evaluation o f their work. Since an honors student pursues only
one major and one related minor subject during a semester, this system
facilitates greater concentration and greater independence than is possible
under the usual academic routine. The development o f the "honors” or
seminar method was begun under President Aydelotte in 1922, and because
o f its success, it has been widely imitated in other institutions.
A c a d e m ic C o m p e t e n c e
Democracy demands a broad base o f intelligent understanding o f issues.
It also necessitates a high order o f excellence in those who are destined to
become its leaders. Swarthmore can best serve society by the maintenance
o f high standards. It is peculiarly fitted by tradition and performance for
this essential role, and it is precisely this readiness to d o a particular job
well that gives the College its value in the educational mosaic o f American
democracy.
Education is largely an individual matter, fo r no two students are exactly
alike.
Some need detailed help, while others profit from considerable
freedom. T he program o f honors study, in which Swarthmore pioneered,
is designed to give recognition to this fact. It is the most distinctive feature
o f our educational program. For many students it provides an enriching
and exciting intellectual experience. It has as its main ingredients freedom
from class work, maximum latitude fo r the development o f individual
26
responsibility, concentrated work in broad fields o f study, and close associa
tion with faculty members in small seminars. T he honors program and the
course program are parallel systems o f instruction fo r students during their
last two years. Both are designed to evoke the maximum effort and-develop
ment from each student, the choice o f method being determined by individ
ual need and capacity.
A college is never static. Its purposes and policies are always changing
to meet new demands and new conditions. T he founders o f Swarthmore
would find in it today many features they never contemplated when they
shaped the College in the middle o f the nineteenth century. Swarthmore,
if it is to remain alive, must be forever changing. A n d many people are
continually engaged in shaping its destiny— the Board o f Managers, ad
ministration, faculty, students, alumni, parents, and the community as a
whole. The goal is to achieve fo r each generation, by means appropriate
to the times, that unique contribution and that standard o f excellence which
have been the guiding ideals o f Swarthmore from its founding.
27
Adm ission
Inquiries concerning admission and applications should be addressed to
the Deans o f the C ollege: from men, to Dean Everett L. H unt; from
women, to Dean Susan P. Cobbs.
G e n e r a l St a t e m e n t
In the selection o f students the college seeks those qualities o f character,
social responsibility, and intellectual capacity which it is primarily concerned
to develop. It seeks them, not in isolation, but as essential elements in the
whole personality o f candidates fo r admission.
In the competition fo r admission preference is given to the children o f
Friends and alumni who can meet the requirements. It is also the policy
o f the college to have the student body represent not only different parts
o f the United States but many foreign countries, both public and private
secondary schools, and various economic, social, religious, and racial groups.
Selection is important and difficult. N o simple formula w ill be effective.
The task is to select those who give real promise o f distinction in the quality
o f their personal lives, in. service to the community, or in leadership in their
chosen fields. Swarthmore College must choose its students on the basis o f
their individual future worth to society and o f their collective realization o f
the purpose o f the college.
Admission to the freshman class is normally based upon the satisfactory
completion o f a four-year program preparatory to advanced liberal study.
Applicants are selected on the follow in g evidence:
1. Record in secondary school;
2. Recommendation o f the school principal or headmaster and o f others
w ho know the applicant;
3. Ratings in the Scholastic Aptitude Test and in three Achievement Tests
o f the College Entrance Examination Board. In some cases, special
tests may be given by the college.
4. Personal interview with one o f the Deans or an appointed representa
tive.
5. Reading and experience, both in school and out.
Applicants must have satisfactory standing in school, and in aptitude and
achievement tests, and should show strong intellectual interests. They should
also give evidence o f sturdiness o f character, promise o f growth, initiative,
seriousness o f purpose, and a sense o f social responsibility. As future mem
bers o f the college community, they should represent varied interests, types,
and backgrounds.
28
Preparation
Applicants are urged to make their choice o f college as early as possible
in order to plan the work o f their school years with the assistance o f the
Committees on Admission. In general, preparation should include:
1. Skills: The follow ing skills are essential to success in college work
and should be brought to a high level by study and practice through
out the preparatory period:
a. The use o f the English language with accuracy and effectiveness in
reading, writing, and speaking.
b. The use o f the principles o f arithmetic, algebra, and plane geometry.
c. The use o f one, or preferably o f two, foreign languages to the point
o f reading prose o f average difficulty at sight, and o f writing and
speaking with some ease and proficiency.
2. Subjects: A ll, or almost all, o f the preparatory course should be com
posed o f the subjects listed in the follow ing four groups. Variations
o f choice and emphasis are acceptable although some work should be
taken in each group.
History and Social Studies: American, English, European, and ancient
history; political, social, and economic problems o f modern society.
Literature and A rt: American, English, and foreign literature, ancient
and m odern; music, art, architecture.
Natural Science and Mathematics: chemistry, physics, biology, astron
om y; algebra, geometry, trigonometry. A college major in science
or engineering presupposes substantial work in algebra, in plane and,
if possible, solid geometry, and in trigonometry.
Languages:
European
in science
French in
English, Latin, Greek, German, French, Spanish, other
or Oriental languages. Applicants who expect to major
are strongly advised to include German and, if possible,
their school programs.
A pplications
and
Examinations
Applications must be filed in the office o f the Deans by February 15
o f the year in which the candidate wishes to be admitted. A n application
fee o f $5.00, which is not refundable, is required o f all candidates.
A ll applicants for admission are required to take the Scholastic Aptitude
Test and three Achievement Tests given by the College Entrance Examina
tion Board.
The Achievement Test in English Composition is required o f all candi
dates; the oilier two Achievement Tests are chosen by the candidate from
29
two different fields. Candidates for engineering must take the test in A d
vanced Mathematics.
In 1952-53 these tests w ill be given in various centers throughout this
country and abroad on December 6, January 10, March 14, M ay 16 and
August 12. Applicants are normally expected to take the required tests in
March o f their Senior year. Scholarship candidates are urged to take the
Scholastic Aptitude Test in December or January, and other applicants may
do so if they wish. Those who wish to take the tests for practice at the
end o f the Junior year are encouraged to d o so. A ll such applicants must
repeat the tests in their Senior year, however, in order to give themselves
the advantage o f maximum preparation.
Application to take the tests should be made directly to the College
Entrance Examination Board, Box 592, Princeton, N ew Jersey. A bulletin
o f information may be obtained without charge from the Board. Students
who wish to take the tests in any o f the follow ing western states, territories,
and Pacific areas, Arizona, California, Colorado, Idaho, Montana, Nevada,
N ew M exico, Oregon, Utah, Washington, W yom ing, Alaska, Hawaii, A l
berta, British Columbia, M exico, Australia, and all Pacific Islands including
Formosa and Japan, should address their inquiries and send their applica
tions to the College Entrance Examination Board, Box 9896, Los Feliz
Station, Los Angeles 27, California. Application should be made to the
Board at least a month before the date on which the test w ill be taken.
N o additional tests are required o f candidates fo r scholarships. They
must, however, write fo r a special application blank at least tw o weeks in
advance o f the date on which applications fo r admission are due. Informa
tion concerning scholarships w ill be found on pages 33 to 39.
Notices o f the action o f the Admissions Committee w ill be mailed about
May 1.
A dvanced Standing
For favorable consideration, applicants fo r advanced standing must have
had a: g ood scholastic record in the institution from which they wish to
transfer, and must present full credentials fo r both college and preparatory
work and a letter o f honorable dismissal. They must take the College
Transfer Test given by the College Entrance Examination Board on the dates
mentioned in the preceding section.
As a general rule, students are not admitted to advanced standing later
fiian the beginning o f the sophomore year. Four terms o f study at Swarthmore College constitute the minimum requirement fo r a degree, tw o o f which
must be those o f the senior year.
30
Expenses
Charges per academic year o f two semesters:
Board, room, and t u it io n ............................................................. $1450*
General fee ......................................................................................
100
Total ch a rg e s ...................................................................................... $1550
W hile a general charge fo r board, room and tuition is made, this may
be divided into $750 for tuition and $700 fo r board and room. The general
fee o f $100 per year covers the costs o f student health, library and laboratory
fees, athletic fees, arts and crafts, and the support o f several other extra
curricular activities.
An additional deposit o f $25 per semester is required o f each student,
payable in advance, to cover incidental bills. Students may charge purchases
at the college bookstore, and certain other charges agreed to by the Business
Office. W hen this deposit has been exhausted a new one w ill be required
immediately. Any unused balance is returned at the time o f graduating or
leaving college.
One half o f the total sum is due not later than Registration Day at the
beginning o f the fall semester. Bills are mailed before the opening o f the
current term. Payments should be made by check or draft to the order o f
Swarthmore C ollege. A student is not a registered student at Swarthmore College, nor on any class roll, until his bill is paid. Correspondence
about financial matters should be addressed to the Accountant, Miss G . Caro
line Shero.
N o reduction or refunding o f tuition can be made on account o f absence,
illness, voluntary withdrawal, or dismissal from college. N o reduction or
refund will be made for failure to occupy the room assigned for a given
term, nor is the general fee refundable. In case o f absence or withdrawal
from the college and provided due notice has been given in advance to the
Business Manager, there w ill be a refund fo r board for any time in excess
o f six weeks. Exceptions w ill be made for students who are required by
the draft to leave during the course o f the academic year. In these cases
tuition, general fee, board and room charges will be refunded on a pro rata
basis.
T he T uition Plan
Many o f the parents o f students may wish to pay all tuition, fees, and
residence charges on a monthly basis. It is now possible to arrange this
• An advance deposit o f $25 is required of all new students in order to reserve a place in
college for the coming year. A similar deposit of $15 is required of returning students. These
deposits are credited against the bill for tuition, board, and room.
31
under The Tuition Plan. The cost is four percent greater than when pay
ments are made in cash in advance. Details o f its operation will be furnished
by the College with the first semester’s bill in September.
A c c id en t and Sic k n e s s I n su r a n c e
The college makes available both accident and accident and sickness in
surance to students through John C. Paige & Company o f Boston, Massa
chusetts. The accident coverage alone, which is strongly recommended for
all students, is required o f all students w ho participate in intercollegiate
athletic activities. This coverage costs $6.00 per year (12 months) for
women and $ 1 2 .0 0 for men. A combined accident and sickness policy is
also available at an annual cost o f $ 1 8 .0 0 for women and $ 2 2 .0 0 fo r men.
Application forms are mailed to each student during the summer.
32
Clothier Memorial
Sprout Observatory
Student Aid and Scholarships
The college furnishes scholarships and financial assistance to a substan
tial number o f students from its general funds and from special endow
ments. About fifty scholarships are awarded to freshmen each year. During
the current academic year the college has budgeted more than $100,000
for scholarships. About one-quarter o f that sum is provided by the en
dowed scholarships listed below. The income from many o f these endow
ments is assigned each year to entering freshmen in accordance with the
will o f the donor and in his name. W here satisfactory records have been
maintained these awards are normally renewed annually from the general
funds o f the College. Seniors who have had substantial aid may in some
cases be asked to finance themselves in part from a College loan fund.
All awards are based upon the college record, the financial need o f the
family as revealed in confidential statements to the Scholarship Committee,
and the efforts o f the student in earning his ow n expenses. A ll applica
tions for scholarships are handled by the Committee on Admissions and
Scholarships and should be addressed to the Deans.
G rants-in -aid, to a limited number, may be awarded to students of
average scholastic standing and financial need who could not earn all they
need without serious detriment to their academic work.
College Employment affords opportunity to earn money by regular
work at current wage rates in one o f the college offices, shops, laboratories
or libraries. A student may hold a college job in addition to a scholarship
or a grant-in-aid. The distribution o f jobs among those authorized to hold
them is made by the Student Employment office. Residents o f the borough
of Swarthmore often send requests fo r services to the college, which co
operates in making these opportunities known to students. Last year over
four hundred students secured work through this office. Many students
earn from eight to ten dollars a week and still maintain an excellent
scholastic standing.
Scholarships
for
M en
The G eorge F. Baker Scholarships. The George F. Baker Scholar
ships, awarded for the first time in 1950, have been given to the college
as part o f a national scholarship program. They are the g ift o f the George
F. Baker Foundation and will be awarded to four freshmen men each year.
The actual amount o f the scholarships, in part determined by financial need,
will be a maximum o f $1,200 fo r each year o f the student’s college career.
2
33
Students will be chosen fo r these awards primarily on the basis o f achieve
ment and promise o f leadership in business, government and the professions.
O pen Scholarships for M en . Swarthmore College awards annually
five four-year scholarships to men entering the freshman class. These
scholarships, based on the general plan o f the Rhodes Scholarships, are
given to candidates who, in the opinion o f the Committee o f Award, rank
highest in scholarship, character and personality.
The amount o f the
annual award varies from $100 to $1000 according to the financial need
o f the winner.
The T homas B. M cCabe A chievement A ward , established by Thomas
B. McCabe T 5 , provides an annual scholarship o f $1,000 open to entering
freshmen men. Applicants must be residents o f Delaware or the Eastern
Shore counties o f Maryland or Virginia. Selection will be based on achieve
ments which give promise o f leadership, and emphasis will be placed on
ability, character, personality, and service to school and community.
The Scott B. Lilly Scholarship, endowed by Jacob T . Schless o f the
Class o f 1914 at Swarthmore College, was offered for the first time in 1950.
This scholarship is in honor o f a former distinguished Professor o f En
gineering and, therefore, students w ho plan to major in engineering will be
given preference. The stipend will be a maximum o f $900 a year for
four years; the exact amount o f the award will be determined by the
financial needs o f the winning applicant.
T he D onald R enwick Ferguson Scholarship, established by Mrs.
Am y Baker Ferguson, in memory o f her husband, Donald Renwick Ferguson,
M .D ., o f the Class o f 1912, who died during the Second W orld W ar, is
awarded to a young man w ho is looking forward to the study o f medicine.
The scholarship will pay a maximum o f $600.
The A aron B. Ivins Scholarship is awarded annually to a young man
o f the graduating class o f Friends Central School, Overbrook, Philadelphia.
It is awarded under the follow ing conditions: The recipient must have
been a student at Friends Central fo r at least two years, he must have good
health, high grades, and must be the best all-around student in his class de
sirous o f entering Swarthmore College. This scholarship, awarded by the
faculty o f Friends Central School, and subject to the approval o f Swarth
more College, has a maximum value o f $650.
T he H oward Cooper Johnson Scholarship, established by Howard
Cooper Johnson ’96, provides approximately $500 a year. It is awarded on
the basis o f all-around achievement to a male undergraduate who is a mem
ber o f the Society o f Friends.
The T . H . D udley P erkins M emorial Scholarship is awarded annually
to a young man selected by a committee o f the faculty appointed by the
34
President o f the college fo r the purpose. The award having a maximum
value o f $500 w ill be made on the basis o f qualities o f manhood, force o f
character and leadership; literary and scholastic ability; physical vigor
as shown by participation in out-of-doors sports or in other ways.
The W illiam G . and M ary N . Serrill H onors Scholarship is a
competitive Scholarship fo r M en, awarded to a candidate fo r admission to
the college, based upon the general plan o f the Rhodes Scholarships. It
is tenable for four years, subject to the maintenance o f a high standing in
college. The annual stipend is $375. Preference w ill be givn to men who
are residents o f Abington Township, including Jenkintown and Glenside,
Montgomery County, Pa., but if there is no outstanding candidate from this
locality, the scholarship will be open to competition generally.
The Sarah K aighn Cooper Scholarship, founded by Sallie K . Johnson
in memory o f her grandparents, Sarah Kaighn and Sarah Cooper, is awarded
to a man in the Junior Class who is judged by the faculty to have had, since
entering College, the best record for scholarship, character, and influence.
The value o f this scholarship is approximately $225 annually.
Scholarships
for
W omen
O pen Scholarships for W o m en . M r. and Mrs. Daniel S. W hite, o f
the Class o f 1875, on the occasion o f the Fiftieth Reunion o f that class,
established three open competitive scholarships for women, in the names o f
Howard W hite, Jr., Serena B. W hite, and W alter W . Green.
These
scholarships are given to candidates who, in the opinion o f the Committee
o f Award, rank highest in scholarship, character and personality.
The
amount o f the award varying from $100 to $1000 is determined in the
same way as the scholarships fo r men.
The A lumnae Scholarship, established by the Philadelphia and New
York Alumnae Clubs, is awarded on the same basis as the Open Scholarships.
It is awarded for one year and has a maximum value o f $500.
The A nnie Shoemaker Scholarship is granted annually to a young
woman o f the graduating class o f Friends Central School, Overbrook, Phila
delphia. T he recipient must have been a student at Friends Central fo r at
least two years, she must have good health, high grades, and must be the
best all-around student in her class desirous o f entering Swarthmore College.
This scholarship, awarded by the faculty o f Friends Central School, and
subject to the approval o f Swarthmore College, has a maximum value o f
$500.
The G eorge K . and Sallie K . Johnson Fund provides $450 a year,
to be used, at the discretion o f the President o f the College, in granting
35
financial aid to young women during their senior year, it being the donor’s
desire that the President must be satisfied that the applicant is fitted to
become a desirable teacher.
T he M ary Coates P reston Scholarship Fund . A sum o f money has
been left by w ill o f Elizabeth Coates, the annual interest o f which w ill be
about $450. This amount is given as a scholarship to a young woman
student in Swarthmore College, preferably to a relative o f the donor.
The H arriet W . Paiste Fund is limited by the follow ing words from
the donor’s w ill: "the interests to be applied annually to the education o f
female members o f our Society o f Friends (holding their Yearly Meeting at
Fifteenth and Race Streets, Philadelphia) whose limited means would ex
clude them from enjoying the advantages o f an education at the college.”
The value o f this scholarship is approximately $350 annually.
T he M ary T . Longstreth Scholarship was founded by Rebecca C.
Longstreth in memory o f her mother and is to be awarded annually "at
the discretion o f the President o f the College to assist a young woman
student to pursue her studies in the College.” The value o f this scholarship
is approximately $225 annually.
The Jessie Stevenson K ovalenko Scholarship Fund , the g ift o f
M ichel Kovalenko in memory o f his wife, provides an annual income o f
$225. This sum is to be awarded to a student, preferably a woman, who
is in her junior or senior year and who is a major in astronomy, or to a
graduate o f the college, preferably a woman, fo r graduate work in astronomy
at Swarthmore or elsewhere.
T he income o f the K appa A lpha T heta Scholarship F und , given by
members and friends o f the Kappa Alpha Theta Fraternity at Swarthmore,
is awarded annually to a woman student. The award amounts to approx
imately $125 annually. One or more members o f the fraternity who are
on the Board o f Managers serve on the Committee o f Award.
The M ary W ood Fund provides approximately $65 a year and may be
awarded to a young woman who is preparing to become a teacher.
Scholarships O pen
to
M en
and
W omen
The M arshall P. Sullivan Scholarship Fund , established by Creth
and Sullivan, Inc. in memory o f Marshall P. Sullivan o f the Class o f 1897,
provides $1,000 annually fo r one or more scholarships. Preference w ill be
given to graduates o f George School, but if no suitable candidate applies
from this school, graduates o f other Friends schools or other persons w ill be
eligible.
36
The Edward C larkson W ilson Scholarship. A scholarship with
an annual value o f $625 has been established at Swarthmore by friends o f
Edward Clarkson W ilson, ’91, formerly Principal o f the Baltimore Friends
School. It w ill be awarded each year to a form er student o f the Baltimore
Friends School, who has been approved by the faculty o f the school, on the
basis o f high character and high standing in scholarship. In any year when
there is n o outstanding candidate from the students o f the Baltimore Friends
School, the scholarship may be awarded to another young man or woman
who shall meet the required standards and who is approved by the school
faculty and the college.
T he C lass of 1915 Scholarship F und was established on the occasion
o f the Twenty-fifth Reunion o f the Class and provides an income o f ap
proximately $550. This sum is to be awarded either to freshmen or other
students, with preference given to descendants o f the members o f the Class
o f 1915. The Business Manager, the Deans, and members o f the Class
o f 1915 designated by Thomas B. McCabe shall constitute the Committee
o f Award. This Fund will become a part o f the General Endowment o f the
College on Alumni Day, 1970.
The D aniel U nderhill Scholarship, given by Daniel Underhill '94,
in memory o f his grandfather, Daniel Underhill, member o f the first Board
o f Managers, provides $500 annually fo r a deserving student in need o f
financial aid.
The Rachel W . H illborn Scholarship was founded by Anne H illborn Philips o f the Class o f 1892 in memory o f her mother, with the
stipulation that the income shall g o to a student in the junior or senior
class who is studying fo r service in the international field. Preference will
be given to a Friend or to one who intends to contribute to world under
standing through diplomatic service, participation in some international
government agency, the American Friends Service Committee, or similar
activities. The annual income amounts to approximately $450.
The Jonathan K . T aylor Scholarship, in accordance with the donor’s
will, is awarded by the Board o f Trustees o f the Baltimore M onthly Meet
ing o f Friends. This scholarship is first open to descendants o f the late
Jonathan K . Taylor. Then, while preference is to be given to members o f
the Baltimore Yearly M eeting o f Friends, it is not to be confined to them
when suitable persons in membership cannot be found.
The value o f
this scholarship is approximately $450 annually.
The Phebe A n n a T horne Fund provides an income o f approximately
$2250 fo r scholarships fo r students needing pecuniary assistance whose
previous work has demonstrated their earnestness and their ability. This
gift includes a clause o f preference to those students w ho are members o f
37
the N ew Y ork M onthly Meeting o f Friends. These scholarships are awarded
by the college under the regulations fixed by the board.
The W estbury Q uarterly M eeting, N . Y ., Scholarship, amounting
to $250, is awarded annually by a committee o f that Quarterly Meeting.
The James E. M iller Scholarship . Under the will o f Arabella M .
Miller, who died Sixth M onth 24th, 1922, the sum o f $5,986 was awarded
to the Cambridge Trust Company, Trustee under the will o f James E.
Miller, to be applied to scholarships in Swarthmore College. A n annual
income o f approximately $200 is available and may be applied toward the
payment o f board and tuition o f students o f Delaware County (preference
to be given to residents o f Nether Providence Township) to be selected
by Swarthmore College and approved by the Trustee.
The Chi O mega Scholarship was established by members and friends
o f the Chi Omega Fraternity. The income provides an award o f approx
imately $225 annually to a member o f the freshman class who is in definite
need o f financial aid. Preference is given to daughters or sons o f members
o f the fraternity, but if in any year such a candidate does not apply, the
committee will select a freshman woman to receive the award. Applications
should be sent to the Office o f the Deans before January 1st o f the year
in which the award is to be made. A member designated by the Fraternity
serves on the Committee o f Award.
T he Presser M usic Scholarships, given by the Presser Foundation o f
Philadelphia, makes available one or more scholarships annually, amounting
to $250 each, for those students whose special interests are in the field o f
music.
The income from each o f the follow ing funds is awarded at the discretion
o f the college to students needing pecuniary aid:
The Barclay G. A tkinson Scholarship Fund .
The R ebecca M . A tkinson Scholarship Fund .
The W illiam D orsey Scholarship Fund .
The G eorge Ellsler Scholarship Fund .
The Joseph E. G illingham Fund .
The T homas L. L eedom Scholarship Fund .
T he Sarah E. Lippincott Scholarship Fund .
The M ark E. R eeves Scholarship Fund .
The H elen Squier Scholarship F und .
The M ary Sproul Scholarship Fund .
The Joseph T. Sullivan Scholarship Fund .
The D eborah F. W harton Scholarship Fund .
The T homas W oodnutt Scholarship F und .
38
The Samuel W illets Fund yields an income o f approximately $4,300
annually, "to be applied to educate in part or in whole such poor and deserv
ing children as the Committee on Trusts, Endowments and Scholarships
o f said college may from time to time judge and determine to be entitled
thereto.”
In addition to the above fund, Samuel W illets gave scholarships in the
name o f his children, Frederick W illets, Edward W illets, W alter
W illets, and C aroline W . Frame . These scholarships have the value o f
$225 each. They are awarded by the respective parties, their heirs or as
signs, or in the event that the heirs do not exercise their right, by the col
lege authorities.
The I. V . W illiamson Scholarships. Ten scholarships o f the value
o f $150 each are offered to graduates o f designated Friends schools: two
each to graduates o f Friends Central and George School, one in the boys’
and one in the girls’ department; and one each to N ew Y ork Friends
Seminary, Baltimore Friends School, W ilm ington Friends School, Moorestown Friends School, Friends Academy at Locust Valley, Sidwell Friends
School and Brooklyn Friends School. Any income not utilized in accord
ance with these conditions is used for free scholarships in accordance with
the will o f the donor.
Friends College Scholarships. Swarthmore College, with a group o f
other Friends Colleges, has established scholarships to enable students
from the smaller Friends Collegs to spend a year at one o f the three cooper
ating colleges in the Philadelphia areai Bryn Mawr, Haverford and
Swarthmore. These scholarships will be granted in varying amounts ac
cording to need and ability.
Special L oan Funds
Several loan funds are administered by a commitee to which application
should be made through the Business Manager o f the college.
T h e Class of 1913 Loan Fund was established by the Class o f 1913
at their twenty-fifth reunion. Both principal and income are to be used
to provide a loan fund for students in the three upper classes. Individual
students may borrow up to $200 in any one year, the loans to be repayable
within five years with interest at four percent.
T h e C la ss o f 19 1 6 L o an F u n d was established by the Class o f 1916
at their twenty-fifth reunion. The fund is designed to provide loans to
senior students, preferably descendants o f members o f the Class o f 1916, or
to other students at the discretion o f the administering committee. The
loans are repayable not later than five years after graduation, with interest
at the rate o f four percent.
39
The Jo h n A . M i l l e r L o a n F u n d was established by the Class o f 1 9 1 2
at their twenty-fifth reunion. Both principal and income are to be used to
provide a loan fund fo r students in the three upper classes. Individual
students may borrow up to $200 in any one year, such loans to be repay
able within five years with interest at four percent.
The Paul M . Pearson Lo an F und was established by a number o f
Dr. Pearson’s friends as a memorial fo r perpetuating his life and spirit.
Both principal and income may be used fo r loans to students, repayable not
later than five years after graduation, with interest at the rate o f four percent.
The Swarthmore C ollege Student L oan F und was established by
Mr. Clarence J. Gamble, who, feeling such a fund to be o f unusual benefit
to worthy students, gave a sum to the college on condition that the Board
should set aside an equal amount to be added to the fund. Both principal
and income may be used fo r loans to students, repayable not later than
five years after graduation with interest at the rate o f four percent.
T he Ellis D . W illiams Fund . By the will o f Ellis D . W illiams, a
legacy o f $25,000 was left to the college, the income from which is to be
used for loans to students, repayable not later than five years after gradua
tion, with interest at the rate o f four percent.
40
Educational Resources
The primary educational resources o f any college are the quality o f its
faculty and the spirit o f the institution. Second to these are the physical
facilities, in particular the libraries, laboratories and equipment.
Laboratories, well equipped fo r undergraduate instruction and in some
cases for research, exist in physics, chemistry, zoology, botany, psychology,
astronomy, and in civil, mechanical and electrical engineering. The Sproul
Observatory, with its 24-inch visual refracting telescope, is the center o f
much fundamental research in multiple star systems. The Edward Martin
Biological Laboratory provides exceptional facilities fo r work in psychology,
zoology, botany and pre-medical studies. Recent additions to Beardsley Hall
increase the facilities for laboratory instruction and research in engineering.
The Swarthmore College Library, in part the gift o f Andrew Car
negie, contains reading rooms, offices and a collection o f 163,707 volumes.
Some 4500 volumes are added annually. About 600 periodicals are re
ceived regularly. The general collection, including all but the scientific and
technical books and journals, is housed in the library building, situated on
the front campus. A n addition providing storeroom fo r 150,000 volumes
was erected in 1935. The library is definitely a collection o f books and
journals for undergraduate use. The demands o f ’ honors work, however,
make necessary the provision o f large quantities o f source material not
usually found in collections maintained for undergraduates. It is a point
o f library policy to try to supply, either by purchase or through inter-library
loan, the books needed by students or members o f the faculty fo r their
individual research.
In addition, the library contains certain special collections— the British
Americana collection, the W ells’ W ordsworth and Thompson collections,
and a collection o f the issuances o f 413 private presses. T he latest special
addition is the John W illiam Graham Collection o f Literature on Psychic
Science.
A number o f special features enrich the academic background o f the col
lege. A m ong these are the follow ing:
The Biddle M emorial Library is an attractive fire-proof structure o f
stone and steel given by Clement M . Biddle, ’96, in memory o f his father,
Clement M . Biddle, w ho served fo r over twenty years as a member o f the
Board o f Managers or as- an officer o f the Corporation o f the College. This
Library contains two important Collections: the Friends Historical Library
and the Swarthmore College Peace Collection.
41
T he F r ie n d s H isto r ic a l L ib r a r y , founded in 1 8 7 0 by Anson Lapham,
is one o f the outstanding collections in the United States o f manuscripts,
books, pamphlets, and pictures relating to the history o f the Society o f
Friends. The library is the central depository for the records o f Friends
meetings belonging to Philadelphia Yearly Meeting (Race Street). M ore
than 1,000 record books have been deposited; many o f them have been
reproduced on microfilm, fo r which a reading machine is available. The
W illiam W ade Hinshaw Index to Quaker M eeting Records indexes the
material o f genealogical interest in the records o f 307 meetings in various
parts o f the United States. Notable among the other holdings are the
Charles F. Jenkins Whittier Collection (first editions and manuscripts o f
John Greenleaf W h ittier), the M ott Manuscripts (over 4 0 0 autograph
letters o f Lucretia Mott, antislavery and women’s rights leader), and the
Hicks Manuscripts (m ore than 3 0 0 letters o f Elias Hicks, a famous Quaker
minister). The Library’s collection o f books and pamphlets by and about
Friends numbers approximately 20,000 volumes. Ninety Quaker periodicals
are currently received. There is also an extensive collection o f photographs
o f meeting houses and pictures o f representative Frieiids. It is hoped that
Friends and others will consider the advantages o f giving to this Library
any books and family papers which may throw light on the history o f the
Society o f Friends.
The Swarthmore College P eace C ollection , a section o f the
Friends Historical Library, is o f special interest to research students and
others seeking the records o f the Peace Movement. Beginning with Jane
Addams’ personal papers and books relating to peace, the collection contains
a rich variety o f the documents o f early peace groups as far back as the
first peace committees in England and the United States about 1815, as
well as rare peace posters from many lands, and correspondence and writings
o f peace and arbitration leaders. Individual writings on peace date back to
about 1642. T he collection includes some 7 5 0 titles o f magazines and
bulletins devoted to peace, published in the United States and abroad during
the past 120 years. There are about 160 titles o f bulletins and magazines
currently received in eleven languages from 25 countries. This collection
is the official depository fo r the leading peace organizations in the United
States. A more complete description o f the collection will be found in the
Guide to the Swarthmore College Peace Collection, A Memorial to fane
Addams, published by the College and available on request.
The W illiam J. C ooper Foundation provides a varied program o f
lectures and concerts which enriches the academic work o f the college. The
Foundation was established by W illiam J. Cooper, a devoted friend o f the
college, whose wife, Emma M cllvain Cooper, served as a member o f the
Board o f Managers from 1882 to 1923. M r. Cooper bequeathed to the
college the sum o f $100,000 and provided that the income should be used
42
"in bringing to the college from time to time eminent citizens o f this and
other countries who are leaders in statesmanship, education, the arts, sciences,
learned professions and business, in order that the faculty, students and the
college community may be broadened by a closer acquaintance with matters
o f world interest.” Admission to all programs is without charge.
The Cooper Foundation Committee works with the departments and with
student organizations in arranging single lectures and concerts, and also
in bringing to the college speakers o f note who remain in residence fo r a
long enough period to enter into the life o f the community. Some o f these
speakers have been invited with the understanding that their lectures should
be published under the auspices o f the Foundation. This arrangement has
so far produced eight volumes:
Lindsay, Alexander Dunlop. The Essentials of Democracy.
University o f Pennsylvania Press, 1929.
Philadelphia,
Lowes, John Livingston. Geoffrey Chaucer and the Development of His
Genius. N ew York, Houghton Mifflin Co., 1934.
W eyl, Hermann. Mind and Nature.
sylvania Press, 1934.
Philadelphia, University o f Penn
America’s Recovery Program, by A . A . Berle, Jr., John Dickinson, A .
Heath Onthank . . . and others . . . London, N ew York, etc., O xford Uni
versity Press, 1934.
Madariaga, Salvador de. Theory and Practice in International Relations.
Philadelphia, University o f Pennsylvania Press, 1937.
Streit, Clarence Kirshman. Union N ow ; a Proposal for a Federal Union
of the Democracies of the North Atlantic. N ew York, Harper, 1939.
Krogh, August. The Comparative Physiology of Respiratory Mechanisms.
Philadelphia, University o f Pennsylvania Press, 1941.
W ilcox, Clair, Editor. Civil Liberties under Attack. A series o f lectures
given in 1950-51. Philadelphia, University o f Pennsylvania Press, 1951.
The A rthur H oyt Scott H orticultural Foundation . T wo hun
dred and forty-seven acres are contained in the College property, including a
large tract o f woodland and the valley o f Crum Creek. M uch o f this tract
has been developed as an horticultural and botanical collection o f trees,
shrubs and herbaceous plants through the provisions o f the Arthur Hoyt Scott
Horticultural Foundation, established in 1929 by Mrs. Arthur H oyt Scott
and Owen and Margaret M oon as a memorial to Arthur H oyt Scott o f the
Class o f 1895. The plant collections are designed both to afford examples
o f the better kinds o f trees, shrubs and herbaceous plants which are hardy
in the climate o f Eastern Pennsylvania and suitable fo r planting by the
average gardener, and to beautify the campus. There are exceptionally fine
43
displays o f Japanese cherries, flowering crab apples and tree peonies, and a
great variety o f lilacs, rhododendrons, azaleas, daffodils, iris, herbaceous
peonies, hemerocallis and chrysanthemums. Many donors have contributed
generously to the collections. (F or full information see Bulletin of Swarthmore College, V ol. xxxvii, N o. 5 .)
The Bronson M . C utting M emorial Collection of R ecorded
M usic was established at Swarthmore College in 1936 by a gift o f approx
imately four thousand phonograph records, a radio-phonograph, books and
musical scores, from the family o f Bronson Murray Cutting, late Senator
from N ew M exico. Its object is to make the best recorded music available
to the undergraduates, faculty, and friends o f Swarthmore College, in co
operation with the work o f the college Department o f Music. The collec
tion is kept up to date with current additions.
The B enjam in W est Society, an organization o f alumni, members o f
the faculty and friends o f the college, is building up a collection o f paint
ings, drawings, and etchings, which are exhibited as space permits in vari
ous college buildings. The Society owes its name to the American artist o f
the eighteenth century who was born in a house which still stands on the
Swarthmore campus, and who became President o f the Royal Academy.
44
College L ife
H ousing
Swarthmore is primarily a residential college, conducted on the assumption
that an important element in education comes from close association o f
students and instructors. M ost students live in dormitories. Many mem
bers o f the faculty live on or near the campus.
Residence H dls
There are four dormitories fo r men: Wharton Hall, named in honor
o f its donor, Joseph Wharton, at one time President o f the Board o f M an
agers, and three buildings on the former Mary Lyon School property.
The women’s dormitories include the upper floors in the wings o f Parrish
H all; W orth Hall, the g ift o f W illiam P. W orth, 1876, and J. Sharpless
W orth, ex-1873, as a memorial to their parents; W oolm an H ouse; Palmer,
Pittenger and Roberts Halls on South Chester Road.
A ll freshmen are assigned to rooms by the Deans. Other students choose
their rooms in an order determined by lot. Special permission must be ob
tained to room outside the dormitories.
Students may ocoip y college rooms during vacations only by special ar
rangements with the Deans and payment o f the required fee. Freshmen are
asked to leave college immediately after their last examinations in the spring
so that their rooms may be used by Commencement visitors.
Dining Rooms
A ll students, both men and women, have their meals in two adjoining
College Dining Rooms in Parrish Hall. The dining rooms are closed during
all vacations.
R eligious Life
The religious life o f the college is founded on the Quaker principle
that the seat o f spiritual authority lies in the Inner Light o f each individual.
The Society o f Friends is committed to the belief that religion is best ex
pressed in the quality o f everyday living. There are accordingly no com
pulsory religious exercises, save in so far as the brief devotional element in
Collection may be so considered. Students are encouraged to attend the
churches o f their choice. Episcopal, Presbyterian, Methodist, and Christian
Science churches are located in the borough o f Swarthmore; Catholic and
other churches in the nearby towns o f Morton, Media, and Chester. The
Swarthmore Meeting House is located on the campus. Students are cordi
ally invited to attend its meeting fo r worship on Sunday. Extra-curricular
45
groups with faculty cooperation exist fo r the study o f the Bible and the
exploration o f comm on concerns in religion.
A n assembly o f the college, called Collection, is held at 10: 00 a. m. every
Thursday in Clothier M em orial; attendance o f students is required. There
is regularly a period o f silence according to the Friendly tradition and, when
these are in keeping with the remainder o f the program, the singing o f
hymns and a reading from the Bible. Lasting from one-half to threequarters o f an hour, Collection normally includes an address; but this is
varied by the occasional introduction o f musical, dramatic, and other pro
grams.
Student W elfare
Health
The college physician holds daily office hours at the college, where stu
dents may consult him without charge. A student must report any illness
to the college physician, but is free to g o fo r treatment to another doctor if
he prefers to do so.
A t the time o f admission each student must present a brief medical his
tory and health certificate, prepared by the family physician on a form
supplied by the college.
Pertinent information about such matters as
physical reserve, unusual medical episodes, severe allergies, or psychiatric
disturbances will be especially valuable to the college Health Service. A ll
new students must have been successfully vaccinated against smallpox within
five years, in accordance with Pennsylvania State law.
The college physician gives physical examinations to all students at the
beginning o f each year. There is close cooperation with the Department o f
Physical Education. Recommendations fo r limited activity are made for
those students with physical handicaps. In some cases a student may be
excused entirely from the requirements o f the Physical Education Depart
ment.
The college health program includes an annual chest x-ray which is com
pulsory for all students. Should the student fail to meet his x-ray appoint
ment, he is required to have one taken at his own expense.
There are two infirmaries, one fqr men and one fo r women. T he in
firmary for men is in Section F o f W harton H a ll; the women’s infirmary
is at the east end o f Parrish Hall. A registered nurse is in charge o f each,
under the direction o f the college physician.
Each student is allowed ten days care in the infirmaries per term without
charge unless the services o f a special nurse are required. A fter ten days,
a charge o f $2.00 per day is made. Students suffering from a communicable
disease or from illness which makes it necessary for them to remain in bed,
46
must stay in the infirmary for the period o f their illness. A charge is made
for special or expensive medicines and certain immunization procedures,
but ordinary medicines are furnished without cost.
The medical and infirmary facilities o f the college are available to students
injured in athletic activities or otherwise, but the college cannot assume ad
ditional financial responsibility for medical and surgical expenses arising
from accidents. Accident insurance coverage is, therefore, required for all
students participating in athletics and is recommended for all others. (For
details see p. 32.)
The college psychiatric consultants hold office hours by appointment each
week. A student may have from one to three interviews, fo r which a fee
o f five dollars is charged by the college. The purpose o f this service is to
be o f help to all types o f emotional problems.
Vocational Advising
The college provides vocational information and advice to assist students
in their choice o f a career. Conferences and field trips are planned periodi
cally and interviews are arranged with prospective employers. H elp is offered
to students in finding employment. In addition, summer work is planned
to give students job experience in various fields.
Alumni Office
The Alumni Office keeps records o f the addresses o f all living graduates
and alumni o f the college. It helps edit the Swarthmore alumni magazine,
and acts as liaison for the college with all alumni and alumni groups, inter
preting to them the present plans and policies o f the college.
Publicity Office
The Publicity Office does a tw o-fold job. It helps prepare the several pub
lications put out by the college known as Swarthmore College Bulletins.
These include the alumni magazine, the President’s Report, the Catalogue,
the Student Handbook, the Viewbook, and other miscellaneous issues. In
addition to this, the Publicity Office, through the largely student operated
News Bureau, works with the press and other communications media in pub
licizing news that is o f interest to the general public.
Student Advising
The Deans and their assistants hold the primary responsibility for advising
all students. However, there are many other advisers available to each
student.
Each freshman is assigned to a faculty member who acts as his course
adviser until this responsibility falls to the chairman o f the student’s major
department at the end o f his sophomore year. Faculty members have also
47
been appointed as advisers for each o f the men’s varsity athletic teams.
They work closely with the team, attending practice as well as all home
and away games.
A number o f junior and senior students, selected with the approval o f the
faculty, serve as assistants to the faculty course advisers in helping freshmen
with their adjustment to the academic program.
Members o f the senior honorary societies, Book and Key and Mortar
Board, help the Deans with the placement program conducted during fresh
man week. A group o f upperclass women, under the direction o f the
W om en ’s Student Government Association, serve as counselors fo r all
freshman women, several counselors being assigned to each freshman hall.
There are also proctors in each o f the men’s dormitory sections.
A marriage course is given each year under the direction o f the Marriage
Council o f Philadelphia. This course may be attended by juniors and
seniors, and students may seek advice from a member o f the marriage Coun
cil staff at any time. A non-credit course analyzing the development o f
emotional maturity is also given by the 'college psychiatric consultant, Dr.
Leon Saul, to a limited number o f students.
Special problems may be referred by the Deans to the college physician
or to the consulting psychiatrists.
T he Student Comm unity
Student Conduct
In general the association o f men and women in academic work and social
life is to be governed by g ood taste and accepted practice rather than by
elaborate rules. The Society o f Friends has historically been conservative in
social matters, and its influence within the college community is one o f the
important factors in making Swarthmore what it is. Certain rules, however,
are o f sufficient importance to deserve attention here:
1. The possession and use o f liquor on the campus is forbidden, as is
drunken conduct.
2. N o undergraduate may maintain an automobile while enrolled at the
college without the permission o f the Deans. This rule prohibits equally
the maintenance o f an automobile owned by students and those owned by
other persons but placed in the custody or control o f students. Day students
may, with the permission o f the Deans, use cars in commuting to college.
3. It is college policy to discourage premature marriages by ruling that if
two undergraduates marry, only one may remain in college. Some exceptions
have been provided in the case o f veterans, and information about them may
be obtained from the Office o f the Deans.
48
College rules which affect the entire college community are discussed and
formulated by the Student Affairs Committee, which is composed o f mem
bers o f the college administration, faculty, and student body. This com
mittee delegates to student government agencies as much authority in the
administration o f rules as they responsibly accept.
Student Council
The semi-annually elected Student Council represents the entire under
graduate community and is the chief body o f student government.
Its
efforts are directed toward the coordination o f student activities and the
expression o f student opinion in matters o f college policy.
Committees o f the Council include the Budget Committee, which regulates
distribution o f funds to student groups ; the Community Service Committee,
which administers welfare projects; and the Elections Committee, which
supervises procedure in campus elections. The Curriculum Committee co
operates with a similar committee o f the faculty in the discussion o f matters
relating to the academic program o f the college. In addition to these, there
are several joint Faculty-Student Committees, whose student membership is
appointed by the Council: Collection, Cooper Foundation, M otion Pic
tures, M en’s Athletics and Student Affairs.
Men’s Student Government
The men students o f the college are represented by the M en’s Executive
Committee, a group elected to take responsibility fo r specified problems
which have to do primarily with dormitory life. The M en’s Judiciary
Committee, selected by the M en’s Executive Committee, has jurisdiction over
cases where male undergraduates have violated college rules in the dormi
tories or on the campus, with the exception o f the fraternity lodges. The
fraternities have established a Fraternity Judiciary Committee to enforce col
lege rules as they pertain to fraternities and fraternity lodges.
Women’s Student Government
A ll women students are members o f the W om en’s Student Government
Association, headed by an Executive Committee elected to promote a great
variety o f women’s interests. This committee includes the chairmen o f
certain important committees: Conduct, which maintains social regulations;
Personnel, which has a special concern fo r helping freshmen; Social (see
below ) ; Vocational, which assists the wom en’s Vocational Director ; Somer
ville, which arranges the program for Somerville Day, on which alumnae
are invited to return to the College, and fosters student-alumnae rela
tionships.
49
Social Committee
A n extensive program o f social activities is managed by the Social Com
mittee, under the direction o f two elected co-chairmen, a man and a woman.
The program is designed to appeal to a wide variety o f interests, and is
open to all students. A t no time is there any charge fo r college social
functions.
Extra-Curricular Activities
In addition to the foregoing organizations, Swarthmore students have an
opportunity to participate in a program o f extra-curricular activities wide
enough to meet every kind o f interest. N o credit is given for work in
such varied fields as sculpture, play-writing, publishing the college news
paper or playing the cello in the orchestra. However, the college encourages
a student to participate in whatever activity best fits his personal talents
and inclinations, believing that satisfactory avocations are a necessary part o f
life for the well-rounded individual. It has provided instruction or advisers
wherever there has been sufficient demand. A handbook describing all
activities, written by the students themselves, can be had upon request to
the Deans’ Office.
50
The
E d u c a t io n a l
Program
of
SWARTHMORE
COLLEGE
General Statement
Swarthmore College offers the degree o f Bachelor o f Arts and the degree
o f Bachelor o f Science. The latter is given only in the Division o f Engineer
in g; the former, in the Divisions o f the Humanities, the Social Sciences,
and Mathematics and the Natural Sciences.* Eight semesters o f resident
study, which are normally completed in four years, lead to a Bachelor’s
degree.
The selection o f a program will depend upon the student’s interests
and vocational plans. Programs in engineering, pre-medical courses, and
chemistry, for example, are the necessary preparation fo r professional work
in these fields. Student^ planning a career in law, business, or government
service find majors in the social sciences o f great value.
The purpose o f a liberal education, however, is not primarily to provide
vocational instruction, even though it provides the best foundation for one’s
future vocation. Its purpose is to help students fulfill their responsibilities
as citizens and grow into cultivated and well rounded individuals. A liberal
education is concerned with our cultural inheritance, the world o f thought,
and the development o f aesthetic, moral, and spiritual values.
It is necessary fo r most students to concern themselves with the problem
o f making a living. But this concern should not lead them to a specializa
tion that is too early and too narrow. They still have need o f broadening
the scope o f their experience. Particular skills may afford readier access to
routine employment, but positions o f greater responsibility will be occupied
by those who are equipped to think their way through new problems and
to conceive o f their functions in a larger context o f time and place. Liberal
education and vocational training may be the joint products o f a common
process, and the courses here offered should be selected with this large
purpose.
For this reason, all students, during the first half o f their college program
are expected to complete the general college requirements, to choose their
major and minor subjects, and to prepare for advanced work in these sub
jects by taking certain prerequisites. Five fu ll courses or their equivalent
in half courses constitute the normal program for each o f the first two
years. Each course represents from eight to twelve hours o f work a week
including class meetings, laboratory periods and individual preparation.
The program fo r upper class students affords a choice between two meth
ods o f study: Honors W ork, leading to a degree with Honors, and General
Courses. A n honors student concentrates on three related subjects which he
studies by the seminar method. A t the end o f his senior year he must take a
* For groupings of departments, see page 17.
52
battery o f eight examinations on the work o f his seminars, set by outside
examiners. (T h e system will be explained more fully below .)
A student in general courses has a somewhat wider freedom o f election
and takes fou r fu ll courses or their equivalent in each o f the last two years.
A t the end o f his senior year he is required to pass a comprehensive
examination given by his major department.
The program for engineering students follow s a similar basic plan, with
certain variations which are explained on page 89. Courses outside the
technical fields are spread over all four years.
In addition to scholastic requirements fo r graduation, all students must
meet certain standards o f participation in Physical Education as set forth
in the statement o f those departments (see pp. 131 to 133) and must attend
the Collection exercises o f the college (see p. 4 6 ).
The course advisers o f freshmen and sophomores are members o f the
faculty appointed by the Deans. They are assisted by- a number o f student
advisers. For juniors and seniors the advisers are the chairmen o f their
major departments or their representatives.
Program for Freshmen and Sophomores
The curriculum for the first two years is designed primarily to contribute
to a student’s general education by giving him an introduction to the methods
o f thinking and the content o f knowledge in a variety o f fields important to
a liberal education.
1. The traditional humanistic studies— those studies through which man
learns to understand himself and his relationship to his fellows as indi
viduals, and the enduring values in human experience.
2. The social sciences those studies through which man learns to under
stand the nature o f organized society, past and present, and his relationship
3. The natural sciences— those studies through which man learns to
understand his physical environment, both organic and inorganic, outside o f
his own individual and social being.
A ll students must include in their program:
1. One year course in the natural sciences to be selected from Physics 1-2,
Chemistry 1-2, Astronomy 1-2, Biology 1-2.
By special provisions,
students may meet this requirement in 1952-53 by a course consisting o f
one semester o f mathematics (Mathematics 7 ) and one semester o f
astronomy (Astronomy 8 ) .
2. One year course in the social sciences, either Economics 1-2 or Political
Science 1-2.
53
3. T w o semester courses in the humanities. Students majoring in the D i
visions o f Engineering and o f Mathematics and the Natural Sciences shall
select these courses from among philosophy, history, literature (English or
fo re ig n ), fine arts, music and religion. Students majoring in the Divisions
o f the Humanities and the Social Sciences shall select from the same
subjects, but must include a semester course in literature (English or
foreign) and may include any course in philosophy except Philosophy 1,
which partially meets the requirement described below.
4. In addition, one year or two semester courses in departments outside the
division in which the major work is to be done. Students majoring in
the Humanities or the Social Sciences shall fulfill this requirement by
Philosophy 1 and Psychology 1. Students majoring in the Division o f
Mathematics and the Natural Sciences may offer psychology in partial
or complete fulfillment o f this requirement, as well as any introductory
course listed in the catalogue in the Divisions o f the Humanities and
the Social Sciences.
In addition to these general requirements, there are the follow in g special
requirements:
5. A ll students majoring in the Humanities and the Social Sciences shall
take History 1-2.
6. A ll students except those majoring in engineering must include in
their program sufficient work in a modern or classical language to com
plete course 4 or its equivalent. This may be met in whole or in part by
secondary school preparation as measured by the appropriate achievement
test o f the College Entrance Examination Board.
N ot more than one year in any one department will be counted toward
the fulfillment o f requirements 1-5. Students entering college with special
preparation in any one o f these subjects may apply for exemption.
In addition to the requirements listed above, prerequisites must be com
pleted for the work o f the last two years in major and minor subjects, and
sufficient additional electives must be taken to make up ten full courses. In
the Divisions o f the Humanities and the Social Sciences it is strongly recom
mended that these electives shall include:
H alf courses (preferably in the first semester o f an academic year) in
at least two o f the follow in g: Foreign Literature (classical or m od
ern, either in the original or in translation), Fine Arts, Music.
A fu ll course in whichever social science (Economics or Political Sci
ence) is not taken in fulfillment o f the general requirements.
A third half course in a natural science or a half course in Mathematics
or courses in each o f these.
54
It is expected that, after completion o f the minimum courses in the gen
eral program o f the first two years, the student w ill devote the remainder
o f hxs sophomore year to preparing himself fo r more advanced study o f
those subjects which have most interested him and to other courses which
will increase the range o f his knowledge. H e should decide, as early in
his sophomore year as possible, upon two or three subjects in which he might
like to major and should consult the statements o f the departments concerned
as to required and recommended courses and supporting subjects. In most
cases he is advised to take not more than one semester o f work in any sub
ject beyond the first course.
The requirement in foreign language (either classical or m odern) is
such that an exceptionally well prepared freshman may demonstrate his
completion o f it before entering college by his rating in an Achievement
Test given by the College Entrance Examination Board. The results o f the
tests indicate, however, that most students need to devote from one to four
terms to further language study. The desired standard is normally met on
(he basis o f four years work in high school, or o f three or two years’ work
in high school follow ed by one or two terms in college. I f a student
fulfills the requirement with a language which he begins in college, he will
need to study it for four terms. If he fulfills it with a language begun
elsewhere, his progress toward the degree o f competence demanded is
measured by a placement test. This may be one o f the achievement tests
o f the College Entrance Examination Board which he has taken as a re
quirement for admission. Additional placement tests are given when neces
sary by the Swarthmore departments o f language.
Physical education is required o f all students (except veterans) in the first
two years. The requirements are stated in full on p. 61 and in the state
ments o f the departments o f Physical Education.
Program for Juniors and Seniors
W ork
in
Course
The work o f juniors and seniors in course includes some intensive,
specialized study within a general area o f interest. This comprises enough
work in a single department (designated as a "m ajor” ) to make an
equivalent o f four full courses. W ork taken during the first tw o years
may be counted toward fulfillment o f the major requirements but not more
than six full courses or twelve half courses may be taken in the major field.
Before graduation the student must pass a comprehensive examination in his
major subject.
A student must choose his major subject at the end o f the sophomore
year, and apply formally through the Registrar to be accepted by the division
concerned. The decision will be based on an estimate o f his ability in his
55
major subject as well as on his record. I f a student does not secure di
visional approval, he cannot be admitted to the.junior class.
A student’s course adviser during his junior and senior years is the
chairman o f his major department (or a member o f the department desig
nated by the chairman) whose approval he must secure fo r his choice o f
courses each semester.
In addition to major and recommended supporting subjects, juniors and
seniors usually have room fo r at least one elective a year.
T he completion o f eighteen fu ll courses, with a minimum average o f C,
normally constitutes the course requirement fo r a degree. A student may
carry extra work after the freshman year with the approval o f his course
adviser and o f the Committee on Academic Requirements, provided that
his record in the previous year has been satisfactory.
H onors W ork
Honors work is a system o f instruction designed to free from the limita
tions o f class-room routine those students whose maturity and capacity
enable them to d o independent work. Students who are chosen toward the
end o f their sophomore year to read for honors are exempt from further
course requirements. Instead, during their junior and senior years they
study a few subjects intensively and independently.
They meet their instructors weekly in small seminars lasting from three to
four hours. In these meetings it is customary fo r students to present frequent
papers, although the methods o f stimulating discussion vary greatly. In
scientific subjects additional time is spent in the laboratory. A student in
the honors program ordinarily takes two seminars each semester, making a
total o f eight seminars during his last two years. Departments sometimes
permit their major students to substitute for one seminar the preparation
o f a thesis.
If a department, supported by the division concerned, is o f the opinion
that seven seminars instead o f eight, plus one fu ll course or tw o half
courses, form a better educational program than the usual eight seminars,
such a program will be allowed, and w ill be completed by seven examinations
instead o f eight.
A student whose work shows unusual distinction but who has not elected
to read fo r honors at the end o f his sophomore year may be permitted to
take the regular honors examination and receive the degree o f honors recom
mended by the visiting examiners. H e must petition the division concerned
for this permission before the end o f his seventh semester and must submit
a list o f eight examinations which he feels prepared to take.
Honors work involves a concentration o f the student’s efforts upon a
limited and integrated field o f studies. H e chooses seminars in three (or
56
sometimes fou r) allied subjects, and customarily devotes at least one-half
o f his time to a single department in the line o f his major interest, in which
he is expected to demonstrate real achievement. Combinations o f seminars
are not governed by rigid rules but must be approved by the departments
and divisions in which work is taken. Combinations involving seminars
from two divisions must be approved by the divisions involved.
N o examinations or grades are given from semester to semester, although
it is customary for honors students to take practice examinations at the end
o f the junior year over the work covered thus far. These papers are read
by the instructors concerned and are used as a basis fo r advice and guidance
for the work o f the senior year. A t the end o f the senior year honors
students take written and oral examinations given by examiners from other
institutions.*
The student should attain a degree o f proficiency which will enable him
to meet a rigorous and searching examination. This examination is designed
to test his competence in a field o f knowledge rather than his mastery o f
those facts which an instructor has seen fit to present in seminar. This is
one o f the chief ends for which the system o f visiting examiners has been
instituted. The examiners first set a three-hour written examination on the
subject o f each seminar, and after reading the written examination have an
opportunity to question each student orally, in order to clarify and enlarge
the basis o f their judgment o f the student’s command o f his material.
Upon recommendation o f the examiners, successful candidates are awarded
the bachelor’s degree with honors, with high honors, or with highest honors.
Highest honors are awarded only to those who show unusual distinction.
W hen the work o f a candidate does not, in the opinion o f the examiners,
merit honors o f any grade, his papers are returned to his instructors, who
decide, under rules o f the faculty, whether he shall be given a degree in
course.
Students admitted to honors work who prove unable to meet the require
ments or w ho for other reasons return to regular classes may receive pro
portional course credit fo r the work they have done while reading for
honors.
Regulations governing possible combinations o f major and minor sub
jects in the fou r divisions appear below. Lists o f seminars offered in prep
aration for examinations fo llo w departmental statements.
Combinations
of
M ajors
and
M inors
for
H onors W ork
Division of the Humanities
M ajor and minor subjects include English Literature, Fine Arts, French,
German, Greek, History, Latin, Music, Philosophy, Psychology, and Span
ish. A t least half o f the student’s time will probably be devoted to his
major subjects, the remainder being divided between tw o related subjects.
* For list of examiners in June 1952, see page 148.
57
Division of the Social Sciences
M ajor and minor subjects include Economics, History, Philosophy, Psy
chology, and Political Science. Students in this division normally devote
half their time to their major subject, dividing the remainder among related
minor subjects according to plans approved by the division.
Division of Mathematics and the Natural Sciences
M ajor subjects include Botany, Chemistry, Electrical Engineering, Mathe
matics, Physics, Psychology, Z o o lo g y ; related minor subjects include the
subjects listed, and Astronomy and Philosophy. A t least half o f the student’s
time will probably be devoted to his major subject, with the remainder
divided between two other related subjects within the division.
Division o f Engineering
M ajor subjects fo r honors work in this division include Civil Engineering,
Electrical Engineering and Mechanical Engineering; a minor may be taken
in either or both o f the engineering departments in which the student
does not have his major, or in Chemistry, Mathematics, Physics or Economics.
A t least one-half o f the student’s time will be devoted to his major in en
gineering. The degree granted is the B.S. in Engineering.
The final examination w ill include papers on the fundamentals o f the
three professional departments o f engineering, four papers on the seminars
o f the senior year, and one or tw o additional papers based upon the course
which the student has taken, the number o f papers and their subjects to be
determined by the faculty o f the division.
Procedure
for
A dmission
to
H onors W ork
A candidate fo r admission to honors should consult the chairmen o f his
prospective major and minor departments during the second semester o f his
sophomore year and work out a program for his junior and senior years.
This proposed program must be filed in the office o f the Registrar who
will forward it to the division or divisions concerned. The acceptance o f
the candidate by the division depends in part upon the quality o f his
previous work as indicated by the grades he has received but mainly upon
his apparent capacity fo r assuming the responsibility o f honors work.
The names o f accepted candidates are announced later in the spring. The
major department is responsible fo r drawing up the original plan o f work,
for supervising the candidate’s choice o f seminars in all departments and
for keeping in touch with his progress from semester to semester. The
division is responsible fo r approval o f the student’s original program and
any subsequent changes in that program. Proposals for combinations of
subjects or departments not provided fo r in the divisional arrangements
must be approved by the divisions involved.
58
Pre-M edical Program
The pre-medical student s program is planned and his work supervised
by the Pre-medical Advisory Committee. There is more than one program
o f courses by which a student may prepare himself fo r admission to medical
school. In mapping out a program fo r each student die Committee keeps
in mind (a ) the particular interests o f the student, ( b ) the entrance re
quirements o f the medical schools o f the student’s choice, (c ) the need fo r
an understanding o f basic social problems and the cultivation o f a sensitive
ness for the enduring values in the arts and literature, and ( d ) the value
o f intensive work in at least one field.
Students w ho plan to meet medical school requirements will ordinarily
take Biology 1-2; Chemistry 1-2, 11 and 2 5 ; English Com position; Math
ematics 1-2; Physics 1-2; Z oology 11 and at least one other half course;
a modern foreign language, preferably German, to a point equivalent to the
completion o f course 4. The work o f the junior and senior years may be
taken in the honors program or in course. Intensive work may be carried
out in a single field or in closely related departments. Pre-medical students
may fulfill the major requirements in the departments o f their own choice,
usually, but not necessarily, in chemistry, mathematics, physics, or zoology;
or they may fulfill the requirements by completing three fu ll courses in each
o f two related departments in the division o f mathematics and the natural
sciences. In the latter case the comprehensive examinations will be ar
ranged jointly by the departments concerned.
Although some students have been admitted to medical schools upon the
completion o f three years o f college work, many o f the best medical schools
strongly advise completion o f four years o f college.
Faculty Regulations
A ttendance
at
C lasses
and
Collection
Members o f the faculty w ill hold students responsible fo r regular at
tendance at classes and w ill report to the Deans the name 0f any student
whose repeated absence is in their opinion impairing the student’s work.
The number o f cuts allowed in a given course is not specified, a fact which
places a heavy responsibility on all students to make sure that their work
is not suffering as a result o f absences. Since freshmen must exercise par
ticular care in this respect and since the faculty recognizes its greater re
sponsibility toward freshmen in the matter o f class attendance, it is ex
pected that freshmen, especially, will attend all their classes.
W hen illness necessitates absence from classes the student should report
at once to the nurses or to the college physician.
59
The last meeting before vacation and the first meeting after vacation
in each course must be attended. The minimum penalty fo r violation o f
this rule is probation.
Absences from Collection are acted upon by the Deans as instructed by
the faculty. A ll students are allowed two absences from Collection
term.
G rades
Instructors report to the Deans’ office at intervals during the year upon
the work o f students in courses. Informal reports during the semester
take the form o f comments on unsatisfactory work. A t the end o f each
semester formal grades are given in each course under the letter system,
by which A means excellent work, B good work, C fair work, D poor work,
and E failure. W signifies that the student has been permitted to withdraw
from the course by the Committee on Academic Requirements. X desig
nates a condition; this means that a student has done unsatisfactory work in
the first half o f a year course, but by creditable work during the second half
may earn a passing grade fo r the fu ll course and thereby remove his condition.
Inc. means that a student’s work is incomplete in respect to specific assign
ments or examinations. A ll work fo r a course must be completed before the
scheduled date o f the final examination unless an excuse has been granted
by the Committee on Academic Requirements. In the absence o f such an
excuse, the student w h o fails to complete his work w ill receive a failing grade
fo r that portion o f the work which is incomplete. I f an Inc. is received, it
must normally be made up in the term immediately follow ing that in which
it was incurred. A date is set at the end o f the first six weeks o f each term
when make-up examinations must be taken and late papers submitted. Under
special circumstances involving the use o f laboratories or attendance at
courses not immediately available, a student must secure permission to extend
the time for making up an incomplete until the second term follow ing. This
permission must be given in writing and filed in the Office o f the Registrar.
A ny not made up within a year from the time it was imposed shall be re
corded as E, a failure which cannot be be made up.
Reports are sent to parents and to students at the end o f each semester.
For graduation in general courses, a C average is required; for graduation
in honors work, the recommendation o f the visiting examiners.
Extra
or
Fewer Courses
A regular student is expected to take the prescribed number o f courses
in each semester. I f more or fewer courses seem desirable, he should con
sult his course adviser and file a petition with the Committee on Academic
Requirements.
A student who wishes to take fewer than the normal
number o f courses should register for the regular program and file a petition
to drop one or more courses.
60
Applications involving late entrance into a course must be received
within the first two weeks o f the semester. Applications involving with
drawal from a course must be received not later than the middle o f the
semester.
Examinations
Any student w ho is absent from an examination, announcement o f which
was made in advance, shall be given an examination at another hour only
by special arrangement with the instructor in charge o f the course.
N o examination in absentia shall be permitted. This rule shall be in
terpreted to mean that instructors shall give examinations only at the
college and under direct departmental supervision.
Summer School W ork
Students desiring to transfer credit from a summer school are required
to obtain the endorsement o f the chairman o f the department concerned
before entering upon the work, and after completing the work are required
to pass an examination set by the Swarthmore department.
P hysical Education
Physical education is required o f all women and non-veteran men in the
freshman and sophomore years, unless an excuse is granted by the college
physician. A minimum o f three periods per week shall be required. I f any
semester’s work o f the first two years is failed, it shall be repeated in the
junior year. N o student shall be permitted to enter his senior year with a
deficiency in physical education.
Exclusion
from
College
The college reserves the right to exclude at any time students whose con
duct or academic standing it regards as undesirable, and without assigning
any further reason therefor; in such cases fees will not be refunded or
remitted, in whole or in part, and neither the college nor any o f its officers
shall be under any liability whatsoever fo r such exclusion.
61
Requirem ents for Graduation
Bachelor
of
A rts
and
Bachelor
of
Science
The degree o f Bachelor o f Arts and Bachelor o f Science are conferred
upon students who have met the follow in g requirements for graduation:
1- The candidate must have completed eighteen full courses or ten courses
and eight seminars with an average grade o f C.
2. H e must have complied with the course requirements for the first two
years.
3. H e must have met the requirements in the major and supporting
fields during the last two years.
4. H e must have passed satisfactorily the comprehensive examinations in
his major field or met the standards set by visiting examiners fo r a degree
with honors.
5. H e must have completed four terms o f study at Swarthmore College,
two o f which have been those o f the senior year.
6. H e must have completed the physical education requirements set forth
on page 61 and in the statements o f the Physical Education Departments.
7. H e must have attended the Collection exercises o f the College in accord
ance with the regulations (see page 4 6 ).
8. H e must have paid all oustanding bills and returned all equipment
and library books.
A dvanced D egrees
M aster
of
A rts
and
M aster
of
Science
The degree o f Master o f Arts or Master o f Science may be conferred
subject to the follow in g requirements:
Only students w ho have completed the work for the Bachelor’s degree
with some distinction, either at Swarthmore or at another institution o f
satisfactory standing, shall be admitted as candidates fo r the Master’s degree
at Swarthmore.
The candidate’s record and a detailed program setting forth the aim o f
the work to be pursued shall be submitted, with a recommendation from
the department or departments concerned, to the Committee on the Master’s
Degree. I f accepted by the Committee, the candidate’s name shall be re
ported to the faculty at or before the first faculty meeting o f the year in
which the candidate is to begin his work.
62
The requirements for the Master's degree shall include the equivalent
o f a fu ll year’s work o f graduate character. This work may be done in
courses, seminars, reading courses, regular conferences with members o f
the faculty, or research. The work may be done in one department or in two
related departments. The catalogue statements o f departments which offer
graduate work indicate the courses or seminars which may be taken for
this purpose.
A candidate for the Master’s degree shall be required to pass an examina
tion conducted by the department or departments in which his work was
done. H e shall be examined by outside examiners, provided that, where
this procedure is not practicable, exceptions may be made by the Committee
on the Master’s Degree. The department or departments concerned, on the
basis o f the reports o f the outside examiners, together with the reports o f
the student’s resident instructors, shall make recommendations to the faculty
for the award o f the degree.
A t the option o f the department or departments concerned, a thesis may
be required as part o f the work for the degree.
A candidate for the Master’s degree w ill be expected to show before ad
mission to candidacy a competence in those languages deemed by his depart
ment or departments most essential for his field o f research. Detailed
language requirements will be indicated in the announcements o f departments
which admit candidates fo r the degree.
The tuition fee for graduate students who are candidates for the Master’s
degree is $600 per year, and the general fee for these students is $25 per
semester.
A dvanced Engineering D egrees
The advanced degrees o f Mechanical Engineer (M .E .), Electrical Engineer
(E .E .), and Civil Engineer (C .E .), may be obtained by graduates who
have received their Bachelor’s degree in Engineering upon fulfilling the
requirements given below:
1. The candidate must have been engaged in engineering work fo r five
years since receiving his first degree.
2. H e must have had charge o f engineering work and must be in a
position o f responsibility and trust at the time o f application.
3. H e must make application and submit an outline o f the thesis he ex
pects to present, one full year before the advanced degree is to be conferred.
4. The thesis must be submitted for approval one calendar month before
the time o f granting the degree.
5. Every candidate shall pay a registration fee o f $5 and an additional
fee o f $20 when the degree is conferred.
63
Awards and Frizes
The Ivy A ward Fund was created by a. gift from Owen M oon, ’94. The
income o f the fund is placed in the hands o f the faculty for award on Com
mencement Day to a male member o f the graduating class. The qualifi
cations for the Ivy Award are similar to those fo r the Rhodes Scholarships
and include (a) qualities o f manhood, force o f character, and leadership;
(b ) literary and scholastic ability and attainments. These have been phrased
by the flonor in the words "leadership based upon character and scholarship.”
The O a k Leaf A ward was established by David Dwight Rowlands o f
the Class o f 1909. It was later permanently endowed in memory o f him by
Hazel C. Rowlands, ’07, and Caroline A . Lukens, ’98. The award is made
by the faculty each year to the woman member o f the Senior Class w ho is
outstanding fo r loyalty, scholarship and service.
The M c Cabe Engineering A ward , founded by Thomas B. McCabe,
1915, is to be presented each year to the outstanding engineering student
in the Senior Class. The recipient is chosen by a committee o f the faculty
o f the division o f Engineering.
The Crane Prize , a memorial to Charles E. Crane, Jr., o f the Class o f
1936, is an award o f about $20, given fo r the purchase o f philosophical
books, and presented annually to the junior who, in the opinion o f the
department, has done the best work in Philosophy.
The A . Edward N ew ton Library Prize o f $50, endowed by A . Edward
Newton, to make permanent the Library Prize first established by W . W .
Thayer, is awarded annually to that undergraduate who, in the opinion o f
the Committee o f Award, shows the best and most intelligently chosen col
lection o f books upon any subject. Particular emphasis is laid in the award,
not merely upon the size o f the collection but also upon the skill with which
the books are selected and upon the owner’s knowledge o f their subjectmatter.
The K atherine B. Sicard Prize o f $5, endowed by the Delta Gamma
Fraternity in memory o f Katherine B. Sicard, ex ’ 34, is awarded annually
to the freshman woman who, in the opinion o f the department, shows great
est proficiency in English.
P ublic Speaking Contests . Prizes for annual contests in public speak
ing are provided as follow s: The Ella Frances B unting Extemporary
Speaking Fund awards prizes totalling $45 fo r the best extemporaneous
short speeches.
The O w e n M oon F und provides the Delta Upsilon
Speaking Contest prizes totalling $25 for the best prepared speeches on
topics o f current interest.
64
Wharton Hall, a Dormitory for Men
Worth Dormitory for Women
T he W illiam Plummer Potter P ublic Speaking F und was estab
lished in 1907. The income o f the fund is used to sponsor three different
annual contests: 1) the Potter Public Speaking Contest prizes totalling
$100.00, 2 ) the Potter Poetry Contest, $50.00, 3 ) the One-Act Play Con
test, $50.00. T he Potter Fund has also been used to establish a collection
o f dramatic and poetic records.
The Lois M orrell Poetry A ward , given by her parents in memory o f
Lois Morrell o f the Class o f 1946, goes to that student who, in the opinion
o f the faculty, submits the best original poem in the annual competition for
the award. The award, consisting o f $100, is made in the spring o f the
year. A ll entries should be submitted by April 1.
The Joh n R ussell H ayes Poetry Prizes, o f approximately $25 fo r a
first prize and $15 for a second prize, are offered for the best original poem
or for a translation from any language. Manuscripts should be ready by
A pril 1 o f each year.
Fellow ships
Three fellowships are awarded annually by the faculty, on recommendation
o f the Committee on Fellowships, to graduates o f the college fo r the pursuit
o f advanced work under the direction o f the faculty or with their approval.
Applications for fellowships must be in the hands o f the committee by April
15. Applicants for any one o f these fellowships will be considered fo r the
others as well.
These three fellowships are:
The H a n n a h A . L eedom Fellowship o f $500, founded by the bequest
o f Hannah A . Leedom.
The Joshua Lippincott Fellowship o f $600, founded by Howard W .
Lippincott, o f the Class o f 1875, in memory o f his father.
The John Lockwood M emorial Fellowship o f $600, founded by the
bequest o f Lydia A . Lockwood, N ew York, in memory o f her brother, John
Lockwood. It was the wish o f the donor that the fellowship be awarded
to a member o f the Society o f Friends.
Three other fellowships are open to graduates o f Swarthmore College
under the conditions described below :
The L ucretla M ott Fellowship , founded by the Somerville Literary
Society and sustained by the contribution o f its life members, has yielded
an annual income since its foundation o f $525. It is awarded each year
by a committee o f the faculty (selected by the society), with the concur65
rence o f the life members o f the society, to a young woman graduate o f
that year w ho is to pursue advanced study at some other institution approved
by this committee.
The M artha E. T yson Fellowship , founded by the Somerville Literary
Society in 1913, is sustained by the contributions o f life members o f the
society and yields an income o f $500 or more. It is awarded biennially by a
joint committee o f the faculty and the society (elected by the society) with
the concurrence o f the life members o f the society to a woman graduate
o f Swarthmore College, who has entered or plans to enter elementary or
secondary school work. The recipient o f the award is to pursue a course
o f study fitting her for more efficient work in an institution approved by the
Committee o f Award.
Sigma X i R esearch Fellowship . The Swarthmore Chapter o f Sigma
X i appoints, from time to time, as funds are available, Fellows with re
search grants with a maximum value o f $1,000. T he holders o f this fellow
ship are usually associates o f the chapter who have shown conspicuous ability
in graduate studies. The purpose o f the chapter in awarding these fellow
ships is to relieve worthy students from teaching and other distracting
duties so that they may concentrate as much as possible upon their research.
Applications fo r these fellowships should be made to the secretary o f the
chapter not later than the middle o f March. Appointments will be an
nounced about the middle o f April.
66
Courses
N umbering
of
of
In str u ctio n
C ourses
and
Seminars
A system o f uniform numbering is used in all departments.
Courses are
numbered as follow s:
1 to
9— introductory courses
11 to 49— other courses open to students o f all classes
51 to 69— advanced courses limited to juniors and seniors
A bove 100— seminars fo r honors students
Full courses the numbers o f which are joined by a hyphen (e. g., 1-2)
must be continued fo r the entire year; credit is not given fo r the first
semester’s work only.
Astronomy
Pr o fe sso r : Peter
v a n de
K a m p , Chairman and Director of
Sprout Observatory
V
i s it in g
Pro fesso r: W
A
s s o c ia t e
A
s s o c ia t e :
Sa r a h L . L i p p i n c o t t
A
s s is t a n t s :
J u l i a E. D a m k o e h l e r
L a u r e n c e W . F r e d r ic k
O
bse r v e r :
alter
Baade * *
P r o f e s s o r : Jo h n H . P i t m a n
A. W
ayne
C o n g e r (part-time)
Astronomy deals with the nature o f the universe about us and the methods employed
to discover the laws underlying the observed phenomena.
The elementary courses present the problems in broad outlines and trace the growth
o f our knowledge o f the facts and the development o f more comprehensive theories.
The advanced courses consider some o f these problems in detail; the order in
which they may be taken depends upon the extent o f the student’s mastery o f
mathematics and physics.
The principal instrument o f the Sproul Observatory is the twenty-four-inch visual
refractor o f thirty-six-foot focal length, used almost exclusively for photography. The
instrument has been in continuous operation since 1912 and provides a valuable and
steadily expanding collection o f photographs. A number o f measuring and calculating
machines are available for the measurement and reduction o f the photographs. The
principal program o f the Observatory is an accurate study o f the distances, motions
and masses o f the nearer stellar systems.
Advanced study in conjunction with the research program o f the Observatory may
be arranged in consultation with the Director o f the Sproul Observatory.
The Students’ Observatory contains a six-inch visual refractor, a nine-inch photo
graphic telescope, and a transit instrument.
The Sproul Observatory is open to visitors on the second and fourth Tuesday
nights o f each month, except those Tuesday nights that fall in a vacation period.
Visitors thus have an opportunity o f seeing, in the course o f a year, many celestial
objects o f various types.
1-2. D escriptive A stronomy .
Mr. van de Kamp.
These courses provide an introduction to the methods and results o f astronomy.
Fundamental notions o f physics are studied as they are needed to provide an
adequate scientific basis for the course. These courses are prerequisite for all
further work in astronomy. Three class periods each week, practical work to
be arranged.
8. Introduction to A stronomy . M r. Pitman.
This course is designed to give the student an acquaintance with some o f the
problems in astronomy, the methods o f investigation, and results obtained,
emphasis is placed on the overlapping o f astronomy and the other sciences, and
its role in art, history and literature. Those planning to take additional work in
astronomy should enroll in Astronomy 1-2. Three class periods each week. Text:
Baker, Introduction to A stronom y, and current periodicals.*
** For the second semester, 1952-53.
63
13. Practical A stronomy .
Theory and use o f the transit instrument for the determination o f time, latitude
and longitude. Reduction o f star positions. Solution o f observation equations
by the method o f least squares. T w o class sessions and one laboratory period each
week.
Prerequisites:
Mathematics 1-2 and Astronomy 1-2 or 8.
14. Laboratory A stronomy .
Theory and practice o f micrometric measures o f double stars, comets and asteroids.
Photography o f selected objects. Determination o f positions from photographic
plates. T w o class sessions and one laboratory period each week.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 1-2 and Astronomy 1-2 or 8.
19. D oublb Stars. Mr. van de Kamp.
Tlie two body problem. Visual, spectroscopic and eclipsing binaries. The masses
o f binary components and o f unseen companions.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 11-12.
31. Undergraduatb Reading Course
in
A stronomy .
Undergraduate students may, under direction, prepare papers upon subjects re
quiring a rather extensive examination o f the literature o f a problem.
51. O rbit Computation . M r. Pitman.
The principles and methods o f orbital analysis for planets, asteroids, comets and
double stars.
Students w ho intend to pursue astronomy as a major subject in course should have
Astronomy 1-2 during the freshman or sophomore year; advanced courses in astronomy
selected from the list given above combined with work in mathematics constitute the
further requirement.
H o n o r s S e m in a r s
in
A
stron om y
Prerequisites for admission to honors seminars in astronomy, either as a major
or as a minor, are the completion o f the follow ing courses: Mathematics 11-12;
Astronomy 1-2, a course in general Physics, reading knowledge o f French or German.
101. Sphbrical A stronomy .
Outline o f spherical trigonometry. The astronomical triangle. Determination o f
time and latitude. Reduction o f astronomical positions. Precession, aberration,
proper motion, parallax.
102. O rbit Computation .
The principles and methods o f orbital analysis for planets, asteroids, comets and
double stars.
103. Celestial M echanics.
The problems o f two, three and n bodies.
Perturbations.
104. D oublb Stars.
The two body problem. Theory and observational technique o f visual, spectro
scopic and eclipsing binaries.
Special attention is given to the photographic
study o f both resolved and unresolved astrometric binaries.
The masses of
binary components and o f unseen companions.
69
105. Photographic A strometry.
The long-focus refractor. Photographic technique, measurement and reduction o f
photographic plates. Choice o f reference stars. Attainable accuracy. Application
to the problems o f parallax, proper motion, mass-ratio, and perturbations.
Resolved and unresolved astrometric binaries; orbital analyses.
106. G alactic
and
Extragalactic Structure.
Stellar motions and distances. Fundamental data. Inter-stellar matter; nebulae
and clusters. Variable stars. Structure and rotation o f the galactic system. Extragalactic objects. Stellar populations.
G
raduate
W
ork
In conformity with the general regulations for work leading to the master’s degree
(see p. 6 2 ), this department offers the possibility fo r graduate work.
Candidates for the master’s degree w ill normally take four honors seminars, selected
from those listed in astronomy, mathematics or physics, in consultation with the
faculty member under whose direction the work is to be done. A thesis may be
substituted for one o f the seminars.
Candidates for the master’s degree must have a good reading knowledge o f two
modern languages.
70
B iology
P r o f e s s o r : R o b e r t K . E n d e r s , * * C hairm an
A
s s o c ia t e
P r o f e s s o r s : L a u n c e J. F l e m i s t e r
L u z e r n e G . L iv in g s t o n
In s t r u c t o r : K
urt
N
orm an
W
alter
N
eal
A. M
e in k o t h
J. S c o t t
A. W
eber
K . B oh n sack
L e c t u r e r : Sa r a h C . F l e m i s t e r
Through its elementary course, the Department o f Biology introduces the student
to a comprehensive view o f those principles, problems and phenomena common to all
organisms, with animals and plants interpreted on a comparative basis. The advanced
courses in the Biological Sciences (except Genetics) deal specifically with plant biology
(botany), or animal biology (zoolog y ) and are listed under these respective headings.
Following the broad review o f the plant and animal kingdoms as given in the course
in general biology, advanced work is taken up in tw o different ways: first, specific
aspects o f the broad subjects are treated in a comparative manner as in anatomy and
physiology; second, broader aspects o f a specific subject are treated as in entomology,
parasitology, embryology, genetics and developmental plant anatomy. The structural
and functional consideration is extended to include problems o f interdependence o f
organisms in the structure and function o f plant and animal societies and the influence
o f physical, chemical and biological factors in the survival o f those societies.
R e q u ir e m e n t s
for
M
a jo r s in
Course
A student may major in biology, botany, or zoology. Students in course should
include the follow ing supporting subjects in their programs, in addition to the four
full courses in their major subject: chemistry, including one semester in organic
chemistry, one course in physics, one course in mathematics and a modern language
(German preferred) through course 4. These courses are required for majors in
botany or zoology. The program for biology majors may be modified, but any program
must be approved in advance by the department.
Biology
1-2. G eneral Biology.
Staff.
Pull Course
A n introduction to the study o f living things. A consideration o f the properties
o f protoplasm and the structure o f the cell; a brief survey o f living forms, both
plant and animal. T he methods by which animals and plants maintain themselves,
grow and reproduce, and a discussion o f the mechanism o f heredity. Some time
will be devoted to the interrelationships o f plants and animals in communities,
and the place o f man in the whole structure. Evidence for and against theories o f
evolution w ill be discussed.
T w o lectures and one discussion period, one three-hour laboratory per week.
Credit is not given fo r a single semester o f this course.
** Absent on leave, second semester, 1952-53.
71
20. G bnetics.
Spring Sem ester
A study o f the fundamental principles o f inheritance as they apply to living
organisms generally. The course includes a detailed consideration o f the principles
o f Mendelian inheritance, an analysis o f the underlying chromosomal mechanisms,
the gene theory, and the relationship o f the principles o f genetics to evolution, to
plant and animal improvement, and to man.
Three lectures per week, with assigned problems and laboratory and/or library
projects in lieu o f formally organized laboratory work.
Prerequisite: Biology 1-2.
G reek
and
La tin N omenclature (Classics X ) .
Miss North.
This course is designed to help students o f the biological sciences to understand
terminology derived from Greek and Latin. Principles o f word formation, the
meaning o f common roots, the use o f prefixes and suffixes, the nature o f com
bining forms, and rules for English pronunciation w ill be stressed.
Required o f majors in the junior year.
One hour per week.
N o credit.
Botany
16. D evelopmental Plant A natom y .
M r. Livingston.
T he fundamentals o f anatomy o f seed plants approached from a developmental
standpoint. The structure and behavior o f meristems, problems and processes of
differentiation, and a detailed analysis o f cellular, tissue and organ structure in
higher plants.
T w o lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 1-2.
18. Survby of the Plant K ingdom . M r. Livingston.
Fall Semester
A comparative study o f the structure, reproduction, and life habits o f the algae,
fungi, mosses, and lower vascular plants from a phylogenetic viewpoint. Partic
ular attention is given to current concepts o f evolutionary relationship from the
standpoints o f both comparative morphology and paleobotanical evidence.
T w o lectures and tw o laboratories or field trips per week.
Prerequisite:
Biology 1-2.
67. Plant Physiology.
M r. Livingston.
Spring Semester
A n integrated study o f the physiological processes o f higher plants, including
general cellular physiology, water relations, mineral nutrition, enzyme action,
photosynthesis, metabolic processes, translocation, the physiology o f growth and
development, and related topics.
T w o lectures, one discussion period, and one laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 1-2, Chemistry 1-2, Organic Chemistry desirable.
68. Biology of Bacteria .
M r. Livington.
Fall Semester
A n approach to the study o f bacteriology with principal emphasis on the con
sideration o f bacteria as organisms, rather than as causative agents o f disease, etc.
The morphology, physiology and biochemistry, and classification o f bacteria.
T w o lectures and two laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisites:
Biology 1-2, Chemistry 1-2, Organic Chemistry desirable.
72
69. T axonomy of Seed Plants . M r. Livingston.
Spring Sem ester
A study o f the classification and evolutionary relationships o f seed plants, includ
ing a detailed consideration o f the characteristics o f the more important families
o f flowering plants. A study o f the methods o f identification and recognition o f
the local flora, both native and horticultural.
T w o lectures and two laboratories or field trips per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 1-2.
H
onors
W
ork
The seminars given each year vary according to the choices o f the students and the
convenience o f the department.
i l l . Plant Physiology.
An extension o f the area covered in course 67, with particular emphasis on a
critical study o f original sources, both classical and current. The seminar discus
sion is accompanied by a fu ll day o f laboratory work each week.
112. Problems
of
G rowth
and
D evelopment.
A correlated anatomical^ and physiological approach to developmental plant an
atomy and morphogenesis. The seminar discussion is accompanied by a full day
o f laboratory work each week.
113. G enetics.
An extension o f the area covered in course 20, with particular emphasis on cur
rent research in the field o f inheritance in all its aspects. The seminar discussion
is accompanied by a full day o f laboratory work each week.
114. T axonomy
and
D istribution
of
Flowering Plants .
An extension o f the area covered in course 69, integrated with a study o f plant
geography and distribution. Seminar discussions and field work, supplemented by
laboratory work.
Zoology
11. Comparative V ertebrate A natomy .
M r. Meinkoth, M r. W eber.
Fall Semester
This course normally follow s General Biology. It deals with the comparative
and unique aspects o f the anatomy o f the integument, skeleton, muscular, digestive,
respiratory, circulatory, excretory and nervous systems o f the various vertebrate
types. Classification, phylogeny and adaptive radiation are considered with stress
'laced on anatomical adaptations to the various habitats. The protochordates,
amprey, dogfish, necturuS and cat are studied as representative forms in the
laboratory. The course has three lecture and two laboratory meetings per week.
This course is among those required by medical schools.
i
12. Elementary Physiology. M r. Scott.
Spring Semester
A consideration o f the physiology o f muscle, nerve, circulation, respiration,
central nervous system, special senses and digestion; the treatment is designed to
give a broad understanding o f the mechanism o f the vertebrate body. In the
laboratory standard experiments on living tissue are performed. T w o lectures,
one conference and one laboratory period per week.
73
51. H istology. Mrs. Flemister.
Fall Sem ester
This course consists o f a detailed study o f the microscopic structure o f vertebrate
tissues, together with the functions o f such tissues. In the laboratory the student
examines Doth prepared and living material, and becomes familiar with the princ
iples o f microtechniques. Three lectures and two laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisites:
1-2, 11.
52. Embryology. Mrs. Flemister.
Spring Semester
A study o f development o f vertebrate anatomy. The lectures are concerned with
an investigation o f the events which precede development, an analysis o f the
development processes, and a brief survey o f the contributions o f the field o f ex
perimental embryology. Laboratory periods are devoted to the embryology o f the
frog, chick and pig. Three lectures and two laboratory periods per week.
53. Entomology . Mr. W eber.
Fall Semester
The study o f insects and their relatives, their morphological and physiological
adaptations and their effect on man. Each student w ill prepare a study collection
from field trips.
54. Biology of Parasitism. M r. Meinkoth.
A lternate Years, Spring Semester
A consideration o f parasitology with reference to evolution and adaptation to the
parasitic habit. Surveys are made o f parasites in native animals. Classification,
life cycles and epidemiology are reviewed.
Prerequisite: 11 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy.
55. Field Z oology. Mr. W eber, M r. Bohnsack,
Fall Semester
Emphasis is on the living animals as they occur in nature, their systematics,
relationships to the environment, habits and distribution. M ost o f the work
w ill be done on field trips.
56. Invertebrate Z oology. M r. Meinkoth.
A lternate Years, Fall Semester
A course designed to acquaint the student with the fundamental morphology,
classification, phylogeny and special problems o f the invertebrate phyla.
Three lectures and two laboratories per week. Occasional field trips.
Prerequisite: 11 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy.
57. Comparative Physiology. Mr. Flemister.
Fall Semester
A course o f lectures and laboratory experiments treating functional processes
from the standpoint o f adaptation o f the animal to its environment. These
processes in representative animals are compared in order to follow their elabora
tion from the more general to the more specialized.
T w o lectures, one conference and two laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisites: Comparative Anatomy and Organic Chemistry.
58. Physiological Ecology. M r. Flemister.
Spring Semester
A course o f lectures, discussions and laboratory experiments concerning the
physiological adaptations o f representative animals to environmental stress. Re
quirements and availability o f optimum conditions o f temperature, oxygen, food
stuffs and the maintenance o f ionic independence are critically appraised. More
than half o f the laboratory work is done in the field.
T w o lectures, one conference and two laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisite: 57 Comparative Physiology. Offered Spring term o f even years.
74
59. N euro-Anatomy . M r. Scott.
Given on demand
This course is planned to give an account of the structure and something o f the
functioning o f the central nervous system o f man. In die discussions special at
tention is given where possible to consideration o f the comparative features o f the
evolution o f the central nervous system.
One laboratory period and one three-hour conference per week.
Prerequisites: Comparative Anatomy.
61. Biology for Seniors.
M r. Enders.
sp rin g Sem ester
A course designed to integrate the student's knowledge in abstract sciences with
living animals, both captive and wild, and to give an opportunity to work on
some phase o f Biology o f interest to him.
63, 64. Special T opics.
Staff.
F * // or H alf Course
For advanced students. Open to those who, on account o f fitness, have arranged
a program o f special work in the department.
70-71. Fundamentals of Systematics. Academy o f Natural Sciences.
This course presents the study o f variation, spedation, and the evolution o f tax
onomic categories. It acquaints the student with the use o f the methods and tech
niques o f cytology, genetics, statistics, and plant and animal distribution in solving
taxonomic problems. Each student w ill attack an individual problem in the
taxonomy o f some group o f plants or animals.
One hour lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Saturdays 8-1.
H
onors
W
ork
A student with a major in zoology and a minor in chemistry, or a minor in chem
istry and physics must complete in the first two years the follow ing: three half
courses in zoology (including 1 -2 ), tw o courses in chemistry, one course in mathematics
(11 and 12 required for advanced chemistry and physics) and two courses in German
(preferred) or French.
Honors students majoring in zoology normally take four
seminars in zoology, with the remaining seminars usually in botany, chemistry, physics
mathematics and psychology.
Prerequisites fo r students in the honors curriculum with a minor in zoology consist
o f three half courses in biology and zoology (including 1 -2 ). In addition, 104 re
quires one course in physics and chemistry through organic chemistry.
Seminars: The follow ing seminars prepare students for examinations for a degree
with Honors.
101. Biology of Parasitism.
M r. Meinkotfa.
A n intensified version o f course 54 with emphasis on individual student projects,
and an acquaintance with both the classic problems and the current literature deal
ing with the phenomenon o f parasitism.
102. Cytology.
Mrs. Flemister.
A study o f the structure and function o f the cell. Living material w ill be ex
amined and the modern microscopical techniques employed in the laboratory.
103. Embryology. M r. Enders, M r. W eber.
An analysis o f reproduction and development. The laboratory work includes
individual projects by the students, a study o f developmental anatomy o f the chick
and pig, and frog, and the observation o f living material under normal and
experimental conditions.
75
104. Comparative Physiology (fo r B iology M a jors). M r. Flemister.
A n intensive consideration o f the physical and chemical phenomena underlying
the function o f animals. A comparative approach is maintained in order to
consider the progression from more general to the more specialized adjustments,
acclimatizations and adaptations o f animals to physical, chemical and biological
stresses in the environment. The terminal portion o f the laboratory program is
devoted to the pursuit o f original, independent work by the student. Prerequisites
f o r ' this seminar are courses in Comparative Anatomy and Organic Chemistry.
One afternoon o f discussion and one full day in the laboratory per week. Offered
in the Fall term.
105. Physiology (fo r non-M ajors). M r. Scott.
A general consideration o f the functional processes in animals with emphasis
placed on mammals and other vertebrates. The aspects o f adaptation o f the
animal to environmental stress are treated in such a way as to serve the individual
student’s area o f concentration. In preparation an introductory course in Zoology
is desirable. One afternoon o f discussion aiid one full day in the laboratory per
week. Offered in the Spring term o f alternate years.
106. Entomology . M r. W eber, M r. Bohnsack.
Following a survey o f insects in general a detailed study o f one aspect o f the
field w ill be undertaken. This w ill involve use o f a scientific library and inde
pendent work on one topic.
110. Special T opics.
The Staff.
Open to students who, having satisfied all requirements, desire further work in
the department. Frequently this w ill include acting as junior assistants in the
research o f staff members.
76
Chemistry
Professors: Edward H. Cox , Chairman
W alter B. K eighton , Jr .
A ssociate Professor: D uncan G. Foster
A ssistant P rofessor: Edward A. Fehnel
I nstructor : L eland B. T icknor
The aim o f the Department o f Chemistry is to provide a sound training in the
fundamental theories and basic techniques o f the science rather than to deal with
specialized branches o f the subject. The courses offered are designed to meet the needs
o f four classes o f students:
1. Students with a primary interest in the humanities or social sciences, w ho turn
to chemistry as a scientific study o f general educational value. For these students
Chemistry 1 or Chemistry 1 and 2 offers training in the scientific approach to
problems, experience with the laboratory method o f investigation, and a presen
tation o f the major intellectual achievements o f chemistry.
2. Students w ho seek training in chemistry as a supplement to their training in
astronomy, botany, engineering, mathematics, medicine, physics, or zoology.
Courses 1, 2, 11, 25, 52 (o r 5 5 ), 61-62 and the seminars in Organic Chemistry
and in Physical Chemistry include those most frequently recommended for this
class o f students. The departmental statements contain specific recommendations.
3. Students interested in chemistry as a scientific study o f general educational value,
but who have no intention o f pursuing chemistry as a profession. Such students
may meet the college requirements for a major in chemistry by completing the
follow ing courses in chemistry as a minimum: 1, 2, 11, 25, 52, 55, 61 and 62.
They should also take Mathematics 1, 2, 11, 12; Physics 1-2; and an additional
advanced course in mathematics, physics, or zoology. By wisely planning his
elective courses the student may obtain a broad education with emphasis on
chemistry and its supporting subjects.
4. Students w ho expect to practice chemistry as a profession or to do graduate
study in chemistry need somewhat more chemistry, mathematics and physics than
listed in the previous paragraph. In addition they must complete German 4 or
7-8. The typical curricula outlined below provide for a well-rounded and thor
ough training in the fundamentals o f chemistry and practice in its techniques.
In addition, they satisfy the minimum requirements o f the American Chemical
Society for the undergraduate training o f chemists.
The follow ing are typical curricula for the student in course and in honors. Some
variation from either curriculum is possible, and all students intending to major in
chemistry should consult with members o f the staff regarding the courses best suited
to their purpose.
77
In Course
Freshman Year
Introductory Chemistry 1, 2
Mathematics 1-2
♦German 1-2
English Literature 1 and a half course in
philosophy, fine arts, music or religion
Economics 1-2, or Political Science 1-2
Junior Year
Organic Chemistry 55, 56
Quantitative Analysis 52, 53
Differential Equations 52
Advanced Calculus 51
Electives ( 2 )
Sophom ore Y ear
Qualitative Analysis 11
Intro. Organic Chemistry 25
Differential Calculus 11
Integral Calculus 12
♦German 3, 4
Physics 1-2
A year course in humanities or social
science
Senior Y ear
Physics 11-12
Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 65
Physical Chemistry 61-62
Electives ( 3 )
In H onors
The Freshman and Sophomore years are identical with the program above for
students in course.
Junior Y ear
Courses:
Quantitative Analysis 52, 53
Organic Chemistry 55, 56
Seminars:
Advanced Calculus 101
Differential Equations 102
l . Introductory C hemistry.
Senior Y ear
Seminars:
Elementary Physical Chemistry 101
Advanced Physical Chemistry 102
Electricity and Magnetism 102
Modern Physics 103
M r. Keighton and Staff.
Fall Sem ester
A study o f some o f the central concepts and fundamental principles o f chemistry,
showing how the basic facts o f the science are collected and interpreted, how
the theories or fundamental laws are arrived at, and how they are used in ex
plaining or predicting the behavior o f matter. The course is designed to meet the
needs o f those students who wish to study chemistry as a part o f their general
education as well as o f those professionally interested in chemistry.
N o previous training in chemistry is required, but ample work is provided for
those who have already studied chemistry. A small group o f students, who have
the interest and ability, meet with some member o f the staff for the discussion
o f more advanced topics. Students who enter college with exceptional training in
chemistry are encouraged to take a placement examination during freshman
orientation week. If found to be sufficiently well prepared they may omit
Chemistry 1 and start with Chemistry 2 in the spring term.
One semester.
Prerequisite for all other courses in chemistry.
Three lectures and recitation periods and one four hour laboratory period weekly.
Textbooks: Hildebrand and Latimer, Principles o f Chem istry and R eference B ook
o f Inorganic Chem istry; Bray and Latimer, A Course in G eneral Chemistry.
• Students who have completed the foreign language requirement in another language may
substitute German 7-8.
78
2. Introductory Chemistry.
M r. Keighton.
Spring Sem ester
This course is a continuation o f Chemistry 1, but with a shift o f emphasis
towards the needs o f those students w ho expect to major in the sciences or in
engineering. Chemistry 1 and 2 together constitute a survey o f the field.
One semester.
Prerequisite:
Chemistry 1.
Three lectures and recitation periods and one four hour laboratory period weekly.
Textbooks: Same as Chemistry 1.
11. Q ualitative A nalysis. M r. Foster.
Each Sem ester
Modern theory o f solutions o f electrolytes and its application to inorganic
qualitative analysis.
One semester.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 with a minimum grade o f C.
Tw o lectures, one conference period and four hours o f laboratory weekly.
Textbook:
Fales and Kenny, Inorganic Q ualitative A nalysis.
25. I ntroductory O rganic Chemistry. Mr. Cox.
Each Semester
A one-semester survey o f the field o f organic chemistry, with special emphasis
on the nomenclature, structural relationships, and general reactions o f the more
important classes o f aliphatic and aromatic compounds. This course serves both
as a terminal course and as a prerequisite to Chemistry 55 or 103. Students who
plan to enter Chemistry 55 in the fall should take the introductory course in
the preceding spring semester.
One semester. Prerequisite: Chemistry 2, with a minimum grade o f C.
Three lectures, one laboratory period, and one optional conference period per week.
52. Q uantitative A nalysis I.
The theory and practice o f
reduction and precipitation
physico-chemical methods.
One semester.
M r. Foster.
Fall Sem ester
inorganic volumetric analysis. Acid-base, oxidationmethods are studied, also some o f the commoner
Illustrative analyses are performed tn the laboratory.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 11, with a minimum grade o f C.
One lecture, one conference period and eight hours o f laboratory weekly.
Textbook: Pierce and Haenisch, Q uantitative Analysis.
53. Q uantitative A nalysis II. M r. Foster.
Spring Sem ester
The theory and practice o f inorganic gravimetric analysis, including some special
methods, such as colorimetry and polarography, and elementary gas analysis.
One semester.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 11, with a minimum grade o f C.
One lecture and eight hours o f laboratory per week.
Textbook:
Pierce and Haenisch, Q uantitative Analysis.
55. Intermediate O rganic Chemistry. Mr. Fehnel.
Fall Sem ester
A continuation o f Chemistry 25, with emphasis on more advanced reactions,
methods o f synthesis, mechanisms, and structural theory. Laboratory experiments
are selected to illustrate the more important synthetic methods and to develop
skill in the use o f fundamental organic laboratory techniques.
One semester.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 25 with a minimum grade o f C.
Three lectures and two laboratory periods per week,
79
56. A dvanced O rganic C hemistry. M r. Fehnel.
Spring Semester
Selected topics in organic chemistry, including resonance theory, reaction mechan
isms, molecular rearrangements, free radicals and other topics o f current interest.
Use o f the literature o f organic chemistry is discussed and library assignments
provide opportunities for the student to become familiar with the more important
journals and handbooks. One o f the two weekly laboratory periods is devoted
to qualitative organic analysis and the other to advanced preparations and tech
niques.
One semester. Prerequisite: Chemistry 55 with a minimum grade o f C.
Three lectures and two laboratory periods per week.
61-62. Physical Chemistry. M r. Keighton.
The principles o f theoretical chemistry are studied and a number o f numerical
exercises are worked; the gaseous, liquid and solid states, solutions, colloids,
elementary thermodynamics, chemical equilibria, electrochemistry, the kinetics o f
chemical reactions. In the laboratory the student uses a variety o f physicalchemistry apparatus.
T w o semesters, credit given only for the completion o f both semesters.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 2 with a minimum grade o f C, Mathematics 12, Physics 1.
Three lectures and one laboratory period weekly.
Textbook: Prutton and Maron, Fundamental Principles o f Physical Chemistry.
65. A dvanced I norganic Chemistry. M r. Fehnel.
Fall Semester
The periodic classification o f elements is studied from the point o f view o f cor
relation o f structure and properties. Consideration is given to such topics as
atomic and molecular structure, coordination complexes, metal carbonyls, intermetallic and interstitial compounds, modern concepts o f acids and bases, chemistry
o f the transition metals and rare earths and other phases o f inorganic chemistry.
O ne semester. Prerequisite: Chemistry 61 either previously or concurrently.
Three hours o f conference and lectures per week with an additional four hours per
week devoted to selected readings on modern developments in inorganic chemistry.
69. Special T opics in O rganic C hemistry.
M r. Fehnel.
Fall and Spring Semesters
A n elective half-course which provides an opportunity for qualified advanced stu
dents to undertake original investigations in the field o f organic chemistry. The
course is designed to give the student practical experience in the application o f
the scientific method to die solution o f a research problem, to develop facility in
the use o f advanced laboratory techniques, and to stimulate interest in current
developments in organic chemical research. A thesis is required in lieu o f a
final examination.
One semester. Prerequisites: Chemistry 55 with a minimum grade o f C, and
Chemistry 56 either previously or concurrently.
Approximately ten hours o f laboratory work and conferences per week.
H onors W
ork
Before admission to honors work the chemistry major w ill have completed the cur
riculum o f the first two years, outlined above, or its equivalent. A t the end o f their
senior year, honors students majoring in chemistry normally take four examination
papers in chemistry, with the remaining four papers usually selected from mathematics,
physics, or zoology. The follow ing seminars are offered as preparation for the honors
examination in chemistry.
80
101. Elementary Physical Chemistry.
M r. Keighton.
Fall Sem ester
The gaseous, liquid, and solid states, solutions, colloids, elementary thermo
dynamics, chemical equilibria, electrochemistry, the kinetics o f chemical reactions.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 2, Mathematics 12, Physics 1.
One four-hour seminar and one eight-hour laboratory period weekly for one
semester.
102. A dvanced Physical Chemistry.
M r. Keighton.
Spring Sem ester
Thermodynamics, the Debye-Hiickel theory o f strong electrolytes, the structure o f
matter, chemical kinetics including photochemistry and acid-base catalysis.
Prerequisite: Elementary Physical Chemistry Seminar.
One four-hour seminar and one eight-hour laboratory period weekly.
103. O rganic Chemistry. M r. C ox or M r. Fehnel.
Spring Semester
This seminar is fo r minor students w ho wish to fit this subject into their honors
program. The material given has much o f the content covered in courses 55
and 56.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 25.
W eekly Seminars and laboratory.
81
Classics
P r o f e s s o r s : Su s a n P . C o b b s
L . R . Sh e r o , Chairman
A
s s is t a n t
Pro fe sso r : H
elen
F. N
orth
The Department o f Classics offers courses in Greek and Latin that are designed to
develop a capacity for the fruitful study o f works written in those languages. A
knowledge o f Greek is particularly valuable for students o f modern literature, phi
losophy, or the Christian religion; a knowledge o f Latin, for students o f the romance
languages, mediaeval history, or law. Study in either field is helpful for the broad
ening and deepening o f a student s educational experience.
Another group o f courses (numbered from 31 o n ) deals with the history o f the
Greeks and Romans and with various aspects o f their culture that have been o f special
significance for the modern world. These courses presuppose no knowledge o f the
Greek or Latin languages and are open without prerequisites to all students.
R e q u ir e m e n t s
and
R e c o m m e n d a t io n s
for
M
a jo r s
Greek or Latin may be offered as the major subject either in course or m honors
work
M ajor students in course are normally required to complete during the farst
two years either Intermediate Greek (course 11-12) or Introduction to Latin Literature
(course 11-12). Both o f these courses are prerequisite for honors seminars tor a
major student and one o f them for honors seminars for a minor student. The course
in Ethics (Philosophy 11) and a course in the history o f either Greece or Rome are
also recommended for major students either in course or in honors work.
M ajor students in honors work may substitute for one o f the four senmars normally
required in this department either the seminar in Plato given by the Department ot
Philosophy or a thesis. Students o f Latin may substitute a seminar m Greek for one
o f their seminars in Latin (o r vice versa).
Greek
1-2. Elementary G reek. Miss Cobbs.
^ ul1 Course^
The essentials o f Greek grammar are covered and easy selections from Greek
literature are read.
11, 12. Intermediate G reek. M r. Shero.
Full Course
Selections from Homer, a play o f Euripides, and Plato’s A pology are read.
13, 14. G reek R eading. Miss North.
Full Course
The reading o f some o f the masterpieces o f poetry and o f prose, including selec
tions from lyric poetry and from Herodotus and a play o f Aeschylus or Sophocles,
is°suppiemented ny a survey o f the history o f Greek literature. Credit is given
fo r each semester. The course w ill be offered only when required.
15, 16. A dvanced G reek R eading. M r. Shero.
<''ou™e
The works read are determined by the interests and needs o f the members o f the
class but w ill usually include portions o f Thucydides, some speeches o f the
Attic orators, and a comedy o f Aristophanes. Credit is given for each semester.
The course w ill be offered only when required.
82
Latín
1- 2. Elementary Latin . M r. Shero.
Full Course
The course is designed for students who begin Latin in college or who are not
prepared to enter Intermediate Latin, and it normally covers the equivalent o f two
years’ work in secondary school. The course w ill be offered only when required.
3, 4. Intermediate Latin . Miss North.
Full Course
The course is primarily concerned with the reading o f V irgil’s A eneid. For
the benefit o f students w ho have had only two years o f preparatory Latin, a brief
introductory period is devoted to a review o f the fundamentals o f Latin grammar.
Credit is given fo r each semester.
11, 12. Introduction
to
Latin Literature.
M r. Shero and Miss North.
Full Course
The course aims to give some conception o f the scope and characteristic qualities
o f Latin literature. The reading includes selections from comedy and from
Cicero’s essays in the first semester and the O des o f Horace in the second.
Credit is given for each semester. It is open to students w ho have had four
years o f preparatory Latin or w ho have completed Intermediate Latin.
13. Catullus
and Elegy. M r. Shero.
A study o f the poems o f Catullus and the elegiac poets.
Fall Semester
14. M ediaeval Latin .
M ss North.
Spring Sem ester
The reading done in this course consists o f prose and verse selected chiefly from
the writings o f mediaeval Latin authors, with particular emphasis on history,
philosophy, satire, and poetry. Some attention is given, early in the course, to
Christian authors, such as Minucius Felix, St. Jerome, and St. Augustine, in
order to clarify the transition from ancient to mediaeval modes o f thought and
expression.
Ancient History and Civilization
31. H istory
of G reece. M r. Shero.
Fall Semester
The course is devoted to the study o f the political and social history o f the
Greek states to the time o f the Hellenistic kingdoms. This is preceded by a
brief survey o f the Oriental civilizations by which the Greeks were influenced.
Special attention is given to the 6th and 5th centuries B. C. Considerable reading
is done in the primary sources in translation. The course is given in alternate
years and w ill be offered in 1953-1954.
33. Greek Civilization . M r. Shero.
Fall Sem ester
Special stress is laid on those aspects o f Greek culture which have had most
significance for the modern world, and a detailed study is made o f some o f the
masterpieces o f Greek art and o f Greek literature (in translation). The course
is given when there is sufficient demand.
34. History
of Rome . M r. Shero.
Spring Sem ester
The course is devoted to the study o f the political and social history o f Rome to
the time o f Constantine. Special attention is given to the last century o f the
Republic and the first century o f the Empire. Considerable reading is done in
the primary sources in translation.
83
35. Classical A rchaeology. M r. Shero.
The methods o f archaeological investigation in general and the contributions^ of
archaeology to our knowledge o f Greek and Roman life and art are studied.
A visit is paid' to the University o f Pennsylvania Museum. The course w ill be
offered in 1952-1953.
36. G reek Literature in T ranslation , Miss North.
Spring Semester
The works read in this course include the Iliad and the Odyssey, much o f Greek
tragedy and comedy, selections from the historians, the lyric and elegiac poets,
and the Ionian physicists, and, in its entirety, the R epublic o f Plato. These works
are considered both from the point o f view o f literary criticism and in relation to
their influence on the development o f western thought.
37. Latin Literature
in
T ranslation — Classical
and
M ediaeval.
Miss North.
Fall Semester
The works studied in this course range in time from the age o f the Roman Re
public to the .twelfth century after Christ and are selected from those masterpieces
written in the Latin language which possess significance for the history and
literature o f Western Europe, and which retain their value when read in trans
lation. They include, from the classical period, such major authors as Cicero,
Lucretius, V irgil, Livy, and Seneca; from the Latin Fathers, St. Jerome and
St. Augustine; and from the M iddle Ages, Boethius, Prudentius, Bede, the chief
figures o f the Carolingian Renaissance, and the writers o f Mediaeval Latin hymns
and secular poetry. The course is given when there is sufficient demand.
39. C lassical M ythology in Literature and A rt . Mr. Shero.
Fall Semester
The course is designed to give familiarity with those myths and legends that
have served as material for writers and artists from ancient times to the present.
Plays, both ancient and modern, based on the more influential myths are read,
and a study is made o f the manner in which the themes have been handled in
painting and sculpture o f various periods. Special attention is given to the use
made o f stories from mythology by recent writers. The course is given in alternate
years and w ill be offered in 1953-1954.
X . G reek and Latin N omenclature . Miss North.
Pall Semester
This course is designed to assist students o f the biological sciences in understand
ing terminology derived from Greek and Latin. Principles o f word formation,
the meaning o f common roots, the nature o f combining forms, and rules for
English pronunciation are stressed. The class meets one hour a week and is not
counted towards a degree.
H
onors
Se m i n a r s
101. Latin Language. Miss North.
This seminar serves as an introduction to classical philology, stressing the study
o f the Latin language in its development from Indo-European to the Vulgar Latin
period. It also includes practice in reading and writing Latin, and an introduction
to epigraphy and palaeography. The seminar is given in the fall semester and
w ill be offered in 1952-1953.
102. Latin H istorians. M r. Shero.
This seminar combines a survey o f Latin historical writing to the end o f the
Silver A ge with intensive study o f selected books o f Livy and Tacitus. The
seminar is given in the spring semester and w ill be offered in 1952-1953.
84
103. Latin Epic.
Miss N o r * .
This seminar traces the development o f Roman epic poetry, with particular
emphasis on the D e Return Natura o f Lucretius and the A eneid o f V irgil. Some
attention is also given to early Roman epic, as represented by the Annales of
Ennius, and to the period o f its decline, typified by Lucan’s Pharsalia. The
seminar is given in the fall semester and w ill be offered in 1953-1954.
104. Latin Comedy
and
Satire.
Mr. Shero.
Representative comedies o f Plautus and Terence are read, and a study o f the
Satires and E pistles o f Horace and the Satires o f Juvenal is supplemented by a
general survey o f the development o f Roman satire. The seminar is given in the
spring semester and w ill be offered in 1953-1954.
In addition, seminars in Greek literature and in particular periods o f ancient history
will be offered when required.
85
Econom ics
P ro fessors: Ed w ard
K. C ra tsle y
H erbert F. Fraser*
F r a n k C . P ie r s o n
C l a ir W il c o x ,
Chairman
A s s i s t a n t P r o f e s s o r s : Jo s e p h W . C o n a r d
W il l is
In s t r u c t o r :
H elen
M. H
D. W
unter
eatherford
(part-time)
T he courses in economics are designed: first, to acquaint the student with the insti
tutions and the processes through which the business o f producing, exchanging, and
distributing goods and services is organized and carried on; second, to train him in
the methods by which the operation o f these institutions and processes may be analyzed;
and third, to enable him to arrive at informed judgments concerning relevant issues
o f public policy.
Course 1-2 is prerequisite to all other work in the department except courses 3, 4,
and 17. Students intending to major in economics are also advised to take courses
3 and 4 and Political Science 1-2. Sophomores are not permitted to take courses
51 to 60, inclusive, unless they w ill be unable to fit them into their programs during
the last two years. Majors in course are required to take course 51 in the junior year
and courses 61 and 62 in the senior year. Majors in honors are advised to take sem
inars 102 and 103.
1-2. I ntroduction
to
Economics.
W ilco x and Mrs. Hunter.
Messrs. Conard, Fraser, Pierson, Weatherford,
Full Course
This course is designed both to afford the general student a comprehensive survey
o f the field and to provide students doing further work in the department with a
foundation upon which to build. It explains the organization and operation o f
free, planned, and mixed economies and analyzes the major problems involved in
the allocation o f resources, the distribution o f income, the maintenance o f in
dustrial stability, and the provision o f social security, and in international
economic relationships.
3. A ccounting . M r. Cratsley.
Fall Sem ester
Analysis o f the problems o f business organization and finance, banking, taxation
and public regulation requires familiarity with the methods o f corporate account
ancy. It is the purpose o f this course to equip the student with the rudiments
o f accounting that he w ill need to employ in his advanced courses and seminars
in economics.
4. Statistics. M r. Cratsley.
Spring Sem ester
A large part o f the literature o f the social sciences presents generalizations based
upon the results o f statistical investigations. The validity o f such generalizations
is often dubious. It is the purpose o f this course, by providing the student with
an elementary knowledge o f statistical methods, to enable him to appraise the
studies that he w ill encounter in his later work.
* Absent on leave, first semester, 1952-53.
86
17. India
and Pakistan . M r. Weatherford.
P edi Sem ester
(A lso listed as History 17 and Political Science 17.)
A survey o f the economic, political, and social structure o f modern India and
Pakistan. The historical background o f present problems. The possibilities o f
economic development.
19-20. Soviet Economics
and Politics. M r. Michaels.
Pull Course
(A lso listed as Political Science 19-20 and Russian Studies 19-20.)
The structure and operation o f the economic and political institutions o f the
Soviet Union, described and analyzed in the light o f their theoretical and historical
background.
51. M oney and Banking . M r. Weatherford.
Pall Sem ester
The organization and operation o f the commercial banking system in the United
States. Central banking and the Federal Reserve system. Monetary policy and
economic stability.
52. Public Financb . M r. Fraser.
Spring Sem ester
The revenues and expenditures o f Federal, state, and local governments. The
principles o f taxation and borrowing. Budgetary control and debt management.
Fiscal policy and economic stability.
53. 54. Economics of Business. M r. Fraser.
The economic problems which confront the business executive. Pall sem ester:
corporate organization and finance, investment banking and the securities ex
changes. Spring sem ester: marketing, risk, speculation, insurance and the com
modities exchanges.
55. Labor Problems. M r. Pierson.
Pall Sem ester
The structure and functions o f labor unions.
Employer approaches to labor
relations. Analysis o f wage policies. Government control o f labor relations.
56. Social Economics. Air. Weatherford
Spring Sem ester
A n examination o f the extent, consequences, and causes o f poverty, insecurity, and
inequality. A n appraisal o f economic reforms; social insurance, medical care,
housing, the social use o f the taxing power, the “ welfare state."
57. 58. P ublic Control of Business. M r. W ilcox.
Pall sem ester: competition and monopoly in American industry, enforcement and
interpretation o f the anti-trust laws, delivered pricing, the patent system, regula
tion o f extractive industries and distributive trades. Spring sem ester: regulation
o f municipal utilities, transportation, communications; American agricultural
policy; control o f prices in war-time; public ownership and operation o f industry.
60. I nternational Economics. Messrs. Conard and W ilcox.
Spring Sem ester
The theory and practice o f international trade, the balance o f payments, foreign
exchange, national commercial policies, international investment; w orld economic
development; post-war reconstruction; relations between free and controlled
economies.
61. Economic T heory .
M r. Conard.
Fall Sem ester
The determination o f prices in economic theory and in business practice. The
distribution o f income. Determinants o f the level o f income and employment.
Fluctuations in economic activity.
87
62. Senior M ajors Seminar . Mr. Pierson.
Spring Sem ester
Individual readings and reports on subjects not otherwise covered in the student’s
program. Common readings in contemporary literature appraising the operation
o f free and controlled economies. Discussion o f current issues o f public policy.
H onors W
ork
101. Finance . M r. Fraser.
Spring Semester
Private finance: commercial banking, corporation finance, investment banking,
the securities and commodities exchanges, insurance, public regulation o f financial
practices. Public finance: the expenditures and revenues o f federal, state, and
local governments; the principles o f taxation and borrowing.
102. M onetary
and Fiscal Policy . M r. Pierson.
Fall Sem ester
Income and employment. The business cycle. The theories o f Lord Keynes.
The monetary policies o f central banks. The fiscal policies o f governments. The
stabilization o f economic activity.
103. Economic T heory . M r. Conard.
Each Sem ester
Contemporary economic theory: price determination, the functional distribution
o f income, the level o f employment. The function served by economic theory for
Smith, Marx, and contemporary students. Criticism o f theory in the light o f
empirical studies and simplifying assumptions.
104. P ublic Control of Business. M r. W ilcox.
Fall Semester
The anti-trust laws, the patent system, price discrimination, delivered price systems,
resale price maintenance. The control o f prices and production in agriculture,
bituminous coal, petroleum and urban markets for fluid milk. _ Public regulation
o f municipal utilities, transportation and communications. Price control in war
time. T he public ownership and operation o f industry.
105. I nternational Economics. Messrs. Conard and W ilcox.
Spring Semester
The theory o f international trade. Monetary problems, cyclical fluctuations, and
international monetary cooperation. Restrictionism and discrimination, cartels, com
modity problems, shipping, aviation and telecommunications. Relations between
free and controlled economies. Post-war reconstruction, economic development and
international investment. International economic organization.
106. Social Economics . M r. Weatherford.
Spring Semester
Poverty, inequality, and insecurity.
Labor legislation, organization, collective
bargaining, wage-policy and the public control o f labor relations. Public assistance,
social insurance, medical care, housing, free income and the social use o f the
taxing power. Regional planning. The "welfare state.”
107. Soviet Economics and Politics. M r. Michaels.
Spring Semester
(A lso listed as Political Science 107.)
A study o f Soviet economic and political development with special attention to
the problems involved in the operation o f a totalitarian political system and a
centralized planned economy.
T hesis
A thesis may be substituted for a course or a seminar under exceptional circum
stances and by special arrangement.
88
Division o f Engineering
i
Jo h n D . M
cCr u m m
, C hairm an
(T h e staff members o f the D ivision o f Engineering
are listed under th eir respective departm ents)
The engineering profession o f today requires o f its followers skill and resourceful
ness as well as an integrated and thorough education in the natural and social sciences.
The educational plan o f the D ivision has been prepared with these requirements in
mind. The objective o f our program is to train the student professionally while
providing the foundation o f a liberal education. This is accomplished by educating
the student in the professional disciplines o f the engineer, such as critical analysis,
humanistic studies, and the communication o f ideas, as well as training in the tech
niques o f the engineering sciences. Specifically, the three Engineering Departments
intend that each student shall ( 1 ) master the fundamental concepts o f Engineering;
(2 ) extend this mastery in the field o f Civil, Electrical or Mechanical Engineering
with a view to later professional practice; ( 3 ) obtain a sufficient amount o f general
education to enable him to understand how his engineering activities fit into the
great purposes o f society.
A student w ho intends to major in Engineering * follow s a common course o f study
for the first two years. This course adheres as far as possible to the general college
program fo r freshmen and sophomores (see page 5 3 ), and prepares the student
for his professional work o f the junior and senior years. A t the end o f the sophomore
year, the student may enter his major field o f Civil, Electrical, or Mechanical Engineer
ing. The last two .years are largely spent in his major field. The three curricula o f
the Engineering Departments lead to the degree o f Bachelor o f Science; these
curricula are accredited by the Engineers’ Council for Professional Development.
Each curriculum provides that the student o f Engineering w ill take about one-fifth
of his work in the Divisions o f the Humanities and Social Sciences, one-fourth o f
his work in the Departments o f Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics, and the re
mainder o f his work in the three Departments o f Engineering. A ll students devote
their last two years: ( 1 ) to certain basic courses required o f all engineers; ( 2 ) to
fulfilling the major requirements o f one o f the departments o f Engineering; ( 3 ) to
developing their special interests. It is possible for students in any o f the three
departments whose interests lie in the field o f administration, physics, mathematics,
or chemistry, to elect courses having a more direct bearing on these subjects.
The entire engineering program is outlined on the pages follow ing. First is given
the detail o f the curriculum for the freshman and sophomore years. Modifications
in this program may be made in individual cases, but it is essential that this body
of work be completed before the junior year. N ext follow s a description o f certain
general courses in engineering open to all students. This is follow ed by an outline
of the curriculum and a description o f the courses offered by each major department.
* High school students intending to enter Engineering should take algebra, advanced algebra,
plane and solid geometry, and trigonometry in secondary school.
89
O
u t l in e o f t h e
B a s ic E n g i n e e r i n g C u r r i c u l u m
for the
F ir s t T
wo
Y
ears
Second Sem ester
Freshman Y ear
English Composition
Chemistry
Analytic Geometry
Descriptive Geometry
Surveying II
Social Science Elective
First Sem ester
English Literature
Chemistry
Algebra and Trigonometry
Engineering Drawing
Surveying I
Social Science Elective
Sophom ore Y ear
Physics
Integral Calculus
Dynamics
Electric & Magnetic Circuits
Non-technical Elective
Physics
Differential Calculus
Statics
Materials & Shop Processes
Non-Technical Elective
G
eneral
C ourses
G E l. Engineering D rawing . M r. Prager.
Fall Semester
Instruction in the use o f drafting equipment; study o f fundamental principles
o f engineering drawing; practice through rendering o f detailed elements and
machine assemblies; lettering and sketching. Required for freshman engineers.
Open to all students.
T w o three-hour periods per week.
GE2 D escriptive G eometry . M r. Prager.
Spring Semester
A n extension o f the basic conception o f orthographic projection as applied to
the location and definition in space o f three-dimensional structures; analysis of
the geometric relation o f distances, angles, intersections o f lines and planes;
development o f surfaces; emphasis upon practical applications o f descriptive
geometry in the various fields o f engineering. Required for freshman engineers.
Open to all students w ho have had G E l or equivalent.
T w o three-hour periods per week.
GE11 M aterials and Shop Processes. Staff.
Each Semester
Study o f elementary metallurgy o f ferrous and non-ferrous materials; investigation
in the laboratory o f various engineering materials as they are affected by stress,
temperature, and heat treatment; analysis o f purposes and practice in use o f
machine tools with emphasis on their performance with the variety o f materials
used in manufacturing processes.
Three class periods per week; two three-hour laboratories each week.
GE51 Industrial M anagement .
Staff.
Spring Semester
Study o f organization and management o f industrial enterprises; historical back
ground and evolution o f present-day scientific practices; significance o f arrange
ment o f physical plant, production control, financial policies, wage payment, and
personnel relations. Open to all students.
Three class periods per week; one three-hour laboratory each week.
GE57 Engineering Economy .
M r. Carpenter.
Spring Semester
A study o f the methods o f determining the relative economy o f engineering alter
natives; compound interest and the calculation o f annual cost, present worth and
prospective rates o f return. A method o f analysis which the engineer uses when
he investigates a proposed course o f action to decide whether it w ill prove to
be economical. Open to all students.
Three class periods per week; one three-hour laboratory each week.
90
Civil Engineering
Professor: Sam uel T. Carpenter , Chairman
A sssistant Professors: R oy F. Linsenmeyer
C harles W . N ewlin
M erton J. W illis
R esearch Co nsultant :
Captain W endell P. R oop
The work o f the Civil Engineer involves design, research, administration, and
construction, in one or more o f the follow ing fields: buildings, bridges, aircraft, soils
and foundations, hydraulics and hydroelectric power, city planning, sanitation and
public health, highways, airports, railways, and other projects o f a public or private
nature.
Emphasis is placed on the scientific and humanistic education
standing o f fundamental principles, based on the conviction
such a background w ill contribute most to the future progress
basic sciences treated in Civil Engineering are: structures and
terials and their properties, and hydraulics.
required for an under
that those possessing
o f the profession. The
their foundations, ma
Students may elect to enter the Civil Engineering honors program at the beginning
o f the junior year, although the establishment o f an honors seminar depends upon the
number o f students w ho wish to enroll. Excellent facilities and opportunities are
available to students w ho may wish to do research as part o f their educational program.
Standard Program
for
Course Students
Fall Sem ester
Spring Sem ester
Junior Y ear
EE51 D . C. Apparatus
CE51 Mechanics o f Materials & Lab.
ME51 Thermodynamics I
Elective
ME54 Fluid Mechanics
EE53 A . C. Apparatus & Circuits
CE52 Structural Theory
Non-Technical Elective
Senior
CE53 Structural Design
CE55 Soil Mechanics and Foundations
CE56 Sanitary Engineering
Elective
Year
CE54 Adv. Structural Theory
CE57 Concrete Structures.
GE57 Engineering Economy
Elective
CEl Surveying, I. M r. Newlin, M r. W illis
Fall Sem ester
A study o f the basic procedures used in making surveys for engineering work,
including the use, care, and adjustment o f instruments, note keeping, linear and
angular measurements, leveling, traversing, stadia surveys, topographic mapping,
calculation o f areas, and drafting room methods. Open to all students w ho have
had trigonometry in high school or college. (1 recitation and 1 3-hour laboratory
per week.)
CE2 Surveying, II. M r. Newlin, Mr. W illis.
Spring Sem ester
A continuation o f CE 1, covering celestial observations, preparation o f profiles
and maps from field notes, elements o f photogrammetry, highway curves and
earthwork, plane table surveys, and land surveying.
Prerequisite: CE 1. (1 recitation and 1 3-hour laboratory per week.)
91
Jl
CE11 Statics. M r. Carpenter, M r. Linsenmeyer, M r. New lin.
Fall Sem ester
Concept and definition o f force, scalar, and vector quantities; combination and
resolution o f forces; principle o f moment and couples; graphical and analytical
conditions for equilibrium; stress diagrams, cables; centroids o f areas, volumes,
and masses; area and volume theorems.
Open to students w ho have taken
Mathematics 1 and 2. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour laboratory per week.)
CE12 D ynamics . M r. Carpenter, M r. W illis.
Spring Semester
Principles o f dynamics, motion o f a particle, Newton s laws, general equation o f
motion, rectilinear motion, displacement, velocity, speed, and acceleration; simple
harmonic motion, free and forced vibration; inertia forces, work and energy,
momentum and impulse; curvilinear motion; kinetic energy o f rotation; balancing
o f rotating bodies; relative motion, angular momentum; combined translation
and rotation.
Prerequisite: C E ll. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour laboratory per week.)
CE51 M echanics of M aterials and L aboratory. Mr. W illis, M r. Linsenmeyer,
M r. Newlin.
Fa// Semester
This course deals with the internal stresses and changes o f form which always
occur when forces act upon solid bodies. The mechanics involved in the design
o f simple engineering structures is presented so that the student may realize
the problems which must be solved in order to secure the required strength and
stiffness in such structures. The laboratory work o f this course is planned, to
clarify the theoretical considerations o f beams, columns, combined stress, torsion
and methods o f strain measurement.
Prerequisite: C E ll, Statics. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour laboratory per week.)
CE52 Structural T heory. Mr. Linsenmeyer, M r. N ew lin
Spring Sem ester
Analysis o f determinate and indeterminate structures. A study o f stresses in
truss and rigid frame systems, influence lines.
Prerequisite: CE51 Mechanics o f Materials. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour labora
tory per week.)
CE53 Structural D esign. Mr. Carpenter.
Fall Sem ester
Design o f structural members and connections for metallic and timber structures.
Prerequisite: CE52 Structural Theory.
(3 recitations and 1 3-hour laboratory
per week.)
CE54 A dvanced Structural T heory. M r.
A study o f complex structural systems
Photoelasticity and the study o f structural
Prerequisite: CE52 Structural Theory.
per week.)
Carpenter.
Spring Semester
and advanced mechanics o f materials.
models.
(3 recitations and 1 3-hour laboratory
CE55 Soil M echanics and Foundations .
M r. Linsenmeyer, M r. Newlin.
Fall Semester
The principles o f soil mechanics as related to the structural stability o f soils under
internal and external force systems. Foundations for buildings, bridges, highways,
and airports are extensively treated. Research in soil mechanics. (3 recitations
and 1 3-hour laboratory per week.)
CE56 Sanitary Engineering. Mr. W illis.
Fall Semester
The activities o f the sanitary engineer, including the development and purification
o f water supplies; sewerage and sewage disposal. Also relates sanitary engineer
ing to the broad field o f public health, and includes subjects dealing with hydrol
ogy and advanced hydraulics.
Prerequisite: ME54 Fluid Mechanics. (3 recitations and 1 3-hour laboratory
per w eek.)
92
CE57 Concrete Structures. Staff.
Spring Sem ester
The theories o f the behavior o f concrete with ordinary and prestressed reinforce
ment, and the application o f the theories to the design and analysis o f concrete
structures and their foundations. Research in concrete theory. (3 recitations and
1 3-hour laboratory per week.)
CE69 Civil Engineering T hesis. Staff.
The time allotted to a civil engineering thesis is generally one semester. The
subject matter o f the thesis must be approved six weeks before the beginning
o f the semester. Excellent' facilities exist for independent investigations in struc
tures, soils, and materials.
93
Electrical Engineering
Professors: H oward M. Jenkins , Chairman
Joh n D. M cCrumm
A ssociate Professor: C. Justus G arrahan
A ssistant Professor: Carl Barus
Electrical Engineering deals largely with the development and application o f precise
notions o f electricity and its allied physical sciences in the broad field o f the conversion,
transmission, control, and utilization o f electrical energy for the purposes o f trans
mitting power and communicating intelligence. The program in Electrical Engineering
gives fu ll recognition to the natural sciences basic to the profession, and includes
considerable work in the Humanities and Social Sciences, since the needs o f the
profession are best served by engineers w ho are vitally aware o f the society in which
they work.
The educational objectives o f the Department are to provide the student with a
thorough understanding o f the fundamental principles o f the natural sciences related
to Electrical Engineering, and to inculcate in the student the confidence to apply these
principles to new situations. Considerable emphasis is placed on the experimental
evidence underlying these fundamentals, and mathematical methods are used to facili
tate the application o f these principles.
Since most engineering problems can be
solved only by making certain simplifications, the student is encouraged to examine
problems critically and to make such simplifying assumptions as are possible without
destroying the significance o f the results.
The importance o f the presentation o f
work is also stressed, the student being required to gain some proficiency in com
municating the results o f his work clearly, completely, and in a well organized form.
The courses in Electrical Engineering are each a series o f inquiries dealing with
fundamental concepts o f electrical phenomena.
The common aim is to carry the
student to such a point that he w ill understand the basic sciences involved and can
apply this knowledge to the problems o f his later professional practice.
Unless specifically modified, the requirements for course students are listed below;
it is expected that majors w ill maintain a "C ” average or better in the required
electrical courses.
St a n d a r d P r o g r a m
for
C o u r s e St u d e n t s
Second Sem ester
First Sem ester
Junior Year
EE54
EE56
CE51
ME51
EE55 Electronics
EE 57 Engineering Analysis II
ME54 Fluid Mechanics
Elective
A . C. Circuits
Engineering Analysis I
Mechanics o f Materials
Thermodynamics I
Senior Year
EE62 Fields
EE59 Electrical Machinery II
Engineering Elective
Elective
EE58 Electrical Machinery I
EE60 Vacuum Tube Circuits
EE 6 I Networks
Elective
94
E E ll Electric and M agnetic G rCuits. Mr. Jenkins.
Spring Sem ester
The experimental basis o f electricity and magnetism; elementary electrostatics
and m agnetostaticsvoltage, current power, energy. Bilateral and linear networks
with constant driving voltages. Induced electromotive forces; capacitance and
inductance; elementary problems in ferro-magnetism.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: Physics 1 and to be preceded or accompanied by Integral Calculus.
EE51 D irect Current A pparatus. M r. Jenkins.
Pall Sem ester
Theory o f direct-current generators and motors; fundamentals o f control for direct
current machines. Topics include flux, generated voltage, armature reaction, com
mutation, torque, speed, voltage and speed regulation, losses, efficiency, and effects
o f control on motor characteristics.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: E E ll Electric and Magnetic Circuits.
EE52 D irect C urrent M achinery . Mr. Jenkins.
Pall Sem ester
Theory o f direct-current generators and motors; fundamentals o f control for
direct-current machines; effect o f control on motor characteristics; rotating ampli
fiers and their use in closed-cycle control systems.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: E E ll Electric and Magnetic Grcuits.
EE53 A lternating Current Circuits and A pparatus.
M r. Jenkins
Spring Semester
Relations o f simple harmonic electromotive forces and currents, power, power
factor; single phase circuits; polyphase circuits, balanced and unbalanced. The
construction, characteristics, and operation o f alternators, induction motors, trans
formers, synchronous motors, mercury arc rectifiers and their regulating and control
devices.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: EE51 Direct Current Apparatus.
EE54 A lternating Current G rcuit T heory . M r. Barus.
Fall Sem ester
A systematic study o f single and polyphase electric circuits under steady state
conditions.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: E E ll Electric and Magnetic Grcuits.
EE55 Electronics. M r. Garrahan*
Spring Sem ester
M otion o f charged particles in electric and magnetic fields; thermionic emission;
the high vacuum diode; electrical discharges in gases; rectifiers and thyratrons;
power supplies and filters; the triode; multi-electrode tubes; voltage amplifiers.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: EE54 A . C. Circuit Theory.
EE56 Engineering A nalysis I. M r. McCtumm.
Pall Sem ester
Formulation and application o f the method o f engineering analysis based upon
fundamental physical laws, mathematics, and practical engineering considerations.
Emphasis is placed on the professional approach to the analysis o f new, bona
fide engineering problems. A study is made o f the common physical and mathe
matical aspects shared by different systems such as mechanical, thermal, electrical
and acoustical. The theory and application o f ordinary differential equations is
systematically covered.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: E E ll Electric and Magnetic Circuits, and Integral Calculus.
95
EE57 Engineering A nalysis II. M r. McCrumm.
Spring Sem ester
Further analysis o f physical systems, employing the follow ing branches of mathe
matics: Gamma and Bessell functions, Fourier series and other infinite series,
partial differential equations, and boundary value problems, conformal mapping,
dimensional analysis, the Laplace transform.
Three class periods per week.
Prerequisite: EE56 Engineering Analysis I.
EE58 Electrical M achinery I. M r. Jenkins.
Pall Sem ester
Physical aspects o f electromechanical energy conversions; conversions and princ
iples o f such conversions; basic concepts o f machine performance and the
analysis o f rotating electrical machinery and transformers; D -C machines, analysis
o f performance and applications.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: A.C. Circuit Theory.
EE59 Electrical M achinery II. M r. Jenkins.
Spring Sem ester
Synchronous machines, performance, effects o f saturation and saliency; polyphase
induction machines; fractional horsepower motors; rotating control devices;
self-synchronous machines; electrical transients and the dynamics o f coupled
systems.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: EE58 Electrical Machinery I.
EE60 V acuum T ube Circuits. M r. Garrahan.
Pall Sem ester
A n introduction to the analysis and design o f circuits containing vacuum tubes.
The circuits studied include: voltage and power amplifiers; modulators and
detectors; oscillators and pulse generators.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: EE54 A . C. Circuit Theory; EE55 Electronics, and EE57 Engineer
ing Analysis II, or equivalent.
EE61 N etworks.
*M ifl Sem ester
A study o f electrical networks, such as artificial lines, transmission lines with
distributed parameters, and electric wave filters.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: EE54 A . C. Circuit Theory, and EE57 Engineering Analysis II.
EE62 Fields.
s PrinS Sem ester
A n introduction to electromagnetic field theory. The topics discussed are:
M axwell's hypothesis; propagation and reflection o f electromagnetic waves;
antennas; wave guides and resonant cavities.
Three class periods per week; one laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: EE61 Networks.
EE71 Electrical Engineering T hesis. Staff.
A n engineering thesis may be substituted for a course or for the examination on
the subject matter covered in a seminar, by special arrangement with the staff.
H onors
The four follow ing seminars are offered by the Department to prepare in part for
examinations for a degree with Honors. Students w ho plan to take honors seminars
in Electrical Pngineering should note that Circuit Theory is a desirable preparation
for Electronics (although not a prerequisite if a seminar in Electricity and Magnetism
has been taken). Adequate training in electrical machinery, and the Circuit Theory
seminar or its equivalent, are prerequisites for the seminar in Servomechanisms. Some
knowledge o f A . C. Circuit Theory is a prerequisite for the Machinery Seminar.
96
Friends Meeting House
nH
101. Circuit T heory .
A systematic treatment o f the transient and steady-state analysis o f electrical net
works. The operational methods o f analysis based on complex algebra and the
Laplace Transform are studied. These methods are then used to investigate the
performance o f single and polyphase systems, the general two-terminal pair, long
transmission lines, and electric wave filters. The seminar is accompanied by a
full-day laboratory.
102. Electronics.
A study o f electron ballistics and the characteristics o f electron tubes and their
application in amplifiers, modulators, detectors, oscillators, pulse generators, etc.
Some elementary aspects o f radiation and ultra-high frequency techniques may be
included. The seminar is accompanied by a full-day laboratory.
103. Servomechanisms.
A systematic investigation o f the characteristics o f closed cycle control systems
and their components. The mechanisms may be any combination o f electrical,
thermal, mechanical or hydraulic systems. Synthesis rather than analysis is stressed
thus requiring use o f the more powerful methods o f the Laplace transform, and
a study o f transfer function loci and equations in the complex domain. Modern
techniques are employed; extensive reading in the literature is expected o f each
student. There is one full-day laboratory per week, in addition to the seminar.
104. M achinery .
A n intensive study o f the basic aspects shared in common by transformers and
rotating electrical machinery. A further study o f the operating characteristics and
the engineering application o f electrical machines as specific direct current and
alternating current devices. There is one full-day laboratory per week, in addition
to the seminar.
97
M echanical Engineering
Professor: W illiam J. Cope , Chairman
A ssistant Professors: Frederick S. B urrell
B ernard M orrill !
Philip C. Prager
The curriculum in Mechanical Engineering is planned to develop the student through
scientific training for positions in manufacturing industries, with organizations engaged
in power production, and in the field o f transportation. Based upon the fundamental
sciences o f physics, chemistry, and mathematics, the program aims to provide a
background for the solution o f the variety o f problems related to the design, con
struction and operation o f engineering equipment used in industrial establishments.
The arrangement o f courses is intended also to prepare mechanical engineers for such
activities as those which deal with fabrication o f products and the eventual assump
tion o f managerial responsibilities, as well as research and development work leading
to new products.
Coincident with the need for a broad and fundamental technical training, all o f the
engineering profession should be conscious o f the impact upon society resulting from
their efforts. T o stimulate this awareness, students are encouraged to choose electives
in the Humanities and Social Sciences throughout their undergraduate careers.
Standard Program
for
Course Students
Junior Year
ME51
EE51
CE51
ME61
Fall Sem ester
Thermodynamics I
D . C. Apparatus
Mechanics o f Materials & Lab
Applied Mechanics
Spring Semester
ME52 Thermodynamics II
ME54 Fluid Mechanics
EE53 A . C. Apparatus & Circuits
Elective
Senior Y ear
ME53 Thermodynamics III
ME55 Adv. Fluids and Heat Transfer
ME63 Kinematics and Design
Elective
ME62 Adv. Strength o f Materials
ME64 Engineering Design
GE51 Industrial Management
Elective
ME51 T hermodynamics I. M r. Cope.
Energy and first law o f thermodynamics; application o f general energy equation
to steady-flow and non-flow processes; properties o f liquids; vapors, gases, mix
tures; reversible cycles; second law o f thermodynamics; entropy.
Three class periods per week; one three-hour laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Integral Calculus.
ME52 T hermodynamics II. M r. Cope.
Extension o f ME51; analysis o f steam cycles basic to modern power plant prac
tice; heat balance calculations; flow o f elastic fluids through nozzles and orifices;
combustion; air-conditioning; refrigeration. Study o f application o f fundamental
principles as exemplified in steam power stations with emphasis upon design and
test o f fuel firing equipment, furnaces, boilers, air preheaters, economizers; aux
iliary equipment such as pumps, condensers, fans. Class and laboratory investi
gations supplemented by field trips.
Prerequisite: ME51.
t Absent on leave, 1952-53.
98
ME53 T hermodynamics III.
>
M r. Prager.
Extension o f ME51 and M E52; analysis o f gas cycles basic to internal combustion
engine practice; behavior o f real gases and mixtures; general thermodynamic
equations; combustion o f liquid and gaseous fuels; gas compression. Study o f
application o f fundamental principles as demonstrated in design, test and operation
o f spark-ignition and compression-ignition engines, gas turbines and compressors.
Class and laboratory investigations supplemented by field trips.
Prerequisites: ME51 and ME52.
ME54 Fluid M echanics.
Mr. Prager.
An introductory course in fluid statics; kinematics; equation o f continuity; steady
flow energy and momentum; dynamics o f an ideal fluid; dimensional analysis and
similitude; incompressible flow in closed conduits and compressibility phenomena.
Three class periods per week; one three-hour laboratory each week.
Prerequisites: Integral Calculus, ME51, Thermodynamics.
ME55 A dvanced Fluid M echanics and H eat T ransfer.
Theory o f fluid mechanics in turbines, pumps, fans, jets, fluid couplings, funda
mental principles o f heat transfer by conduction, free and forced convection,
radiation; parallel and counterflow heat exchangers; insulated pipes and related
equipment; relation to practical engineering problems.
Three class periods per week; one three-hour laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: ME54 Fluid Mechanics.
ME61 A pplied M echanics.
The development o f fundamental concepts in problems dealing with mechanical
vibrations; Euler’s equation; theories o f failure; metallurgical problems in design;
use o f statistical analysis and theory o f probability for solving engineering
problems.
Three class periods per week; one three-hour laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: Integral Calculus.
ME62 A dvanced Strength
of
M aterials.
Review o f stress and strain; torsion; bending; beams on elastic foundations;
thick cylinders; failure o f metals under stress; plastic flow ; influence o f stress
concentration and working stresses.
Three class periods per week; one three-hour laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: ME61 A pplied Mechanics.
ME63 K inematics and D esign.
A study o f the complex motions and velocities o f machine linkwork and gearing;
design o f cams, screws, fastenings, belts, straight and curved frames, gears and
shafting.
Three class periods per week; one three-hour laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: ME61 Applied Mechanics.
ME64 Engineering D esign.
Design o f elements under rotational stress; various classifications o f fits; vibra
tion analysis leading to isolation and engine balancing; lubrication and bearing
design; design o f machine assemblies.
Three class periods per week; one three-hour laboratory each week.
Prerequisite: ME63 Kinematics and Design.
ME71 M echanical Engineering T hesis. Staff.
W ith departmental approval, an undergraduate may undertake a thesis project
as a portion o f the program in the senior year.
99
English Literature
Professors: Philip M arshall H icks, Chairman
G eorge J. B ecker
Everett L. H unt
T ownsend Scudder, 3rd f
Elizabeth Cox W right
A ssociate Professors: Frederic S. K lees
Stephen E. W hicherI
A ssistant Professors: D avid C owden
Bruce D earing
W illiam W a Sserstrom
I nstructors : H elen M . H all (part-time)
Barbara P earson Lange (part-time)
L ecturer : R obert E. Spiller
This department might more properly be called the Department o f Literature in
PngligR since it offers a study both o f literature originally written in the English
language and o f works translated from other tongues. Literature is considered as a
fine art, as a cultural record, and as a guide to the student s interpretation o f his
ow n experience in life.
The program o f courses and seminars comprises four
approaches to the subject: the intensive study o f the work o f major writers, examina
tion o f the literature produced in certain limited periods, the historical development
o f the major literary types, and the grouping o f various types or forms on the basis
o f their subject matter or point o f view. The general purposes o f this study are
the broadening o f the student’s understanding and enjoyment o f literature, the de
velopment o f a basis for intelligent criticism, and the provision o f a foundation for
further study in the field.
Stress is also laid upon accurate reading and writing
through critical explication o f texts and criticism o f student papers.
R equirements
for
M ajors
in
C ourse
The work o f the major in this department in course normally consists o f at least
four full courses in the department, including Modern Literature in the first year,
either Chaucer or M ilton in the second year, a full course or two half courses in
one o f the types (numbers 21-28 below ) in the third year, and Shakespeare and the
Senior Conference in the final year. The comprehensive examination at the close o f
the senior year is based on this work, but also includes questions on other courses
offered by the department for those prepared in these fields. A reading list in
English and American literature is given to all majors to act as a guide in the
selection o f courses and to independent reading in preparation for the Senior Confer
ence. Majors are expected to take a semester’s work in either Fine Arts or Music
and are advised to take a semester’ s work in some foreign literature. Students ex
pecting to do graduate work shall acquire a reading knowledge in the languages
required by the schools they propose to attend.
f Absent on leave, 1952*53.
100
206272
Courses
1. M odbrn Literature: Introduction to Literary Study.
Staff.
Each Sem ester
A n introduction to the critical study o f the four principal types o f literature:
poetry, drama, novel, and non-fictional prose. The materials are drawn chiefly
from modern American literature for the purpose o f emphasizing the relationship
o f literature to life through the study o f works produced from backgrounds
familiar to the student in terms o f his ow n experience.
Prerequisite to all other literature courses offered by the department.
5. Composition . M r. Cowden and M r. Wasserstrom.
Each Sem ester
Training in the writing o f non-fictional prose. Designed to meet the require
ments o f Engineering and Pre-Medical students.
Other students admitted on
the basis o f need for this work.
11. M ilton
and the 17th Century . M r. Hunt and Mrs. W right.
Each Sem ester
Paradise L ost, selections from M ilton’s shorter poems, T he O ld Testam ent,
Bunyan’s Pilgrim !s Progress, and the lyrics o f John D onne are read. Study is
made o f narrative, epic, and lyric writing, and the relationship o f the literature to
the thought o f the period.
12. Chaucer . M r. Klees and M r. Scudder.
Spring Semester
Reading o f T roilus and Criseyde, T he Canterbury T ales and some o f the minor
poems in the original M iddle English, with greater attention to the literary
than to the linguistic aspects.
21. English Poetry. Mrs. W right.
Each Sem ester
English poetry from the Ballads to the Augustans, with a study o f the principles
o f poetic criticism and a detailed examination o f two or three poets. Emphasis
w ill be placed on the Spenserian and the metaphysical strains in the 16th and
17th centuries. This course is prerequisite to other courses in English poetry,
and may be taken by juniors and seniors in either semester. It is not open to
freshmen, and to sophomores only in the second semester.
23, 24. T he N ovel. M r. Hicks and M r. Cowden.
The first semester covers the development o f the English novel from Fielding
to T rollope with emphasis on the chronicle form prevalent during this period.
In contrast, the second semester emphasizes developments in technique and content
from Meredith to the present day. Credit given for either semester, but students
desiring both should take them in the regular sequence.
25. Comedy. M r. Klees.
Vail Sem ester
Dramatic comedy in its various forms, English and American, with particular
attention to the Elizabethan, Restoration, ana modern periods.
26. T ragedy.
M r. Klees.
Spring Sem ester
Dramatic tragedy from the Agam em non trilogy to D eath o f a Salesman, with
emphasis on Elizabethan and modern American tragedy.
27. Biography and T ravel. M r. Klees.
Fall Sem ester
Biography from Pepys to the present, with stress on the times as w ell as the
lives; representative travel literature from Hakluyt to D os Passes.
101
28. Social Criticism. M r. Becker.
Fall Sem ester 1953
The reactions o f such major figures as Carlyle, M ill, Henry Adams, Bellamy
and Morris to the changed conditions o f life after the Industrial Revolution. An
attempt is made both to analyze the social comment or protest in individual
works and to explore the part that social forces play in modern literature.
31-32. A merican A uthors.
M r. Wasserstrom.
Full Course
Interpretation and comparison o f some major writings by significant American
authors. Texts include Franklin, A utobiography; Hawthorne, T he Scarlet L etter;
Thoreau, W alden ; M elville, M oby D ick ; Twain, H uckleberry Finn; Adams,
Education, which should be read in advance o f the course. A year course, not
ordinarily divisible.
33. Satire.
M r. Dearing.
Spring Sem ester
A n historically oriented consideration o f some o f the principal satires in w orld
literature, with emphasis upon interpretation and evaluation as literature.
34. Romanticism . M r. Becker.
Fall Semester
The general modification o f European sensibility as reflected in the literature of
the late eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries.
35. R ealism. M r. Becker.
Spring Semester
A study o f realism as a literary movement. Beginning with Madame Bovary,
the course traces the development o f realistic techniques and concepts in Zola,
in the Russians, and in American writers such as Norris, Dreiser, and Farrell.
41. Elizabethan Literature. M r. Klees.
Comprehensive study o f the literature o f the period, exclusive o f the work o f
Shakespeare.
42. Shakespeare. M r. Wasserstrom.
Each Sem ester
A study o f the major plays. N ot open to majors in this department.
49. A rgument . M r. Becker.
Each Semester
The analysis and orderly presentation o f large bodies o f material in speech and
writing.
The work comprises a series o f short analytical papers, a research
paper o f some magnitude (usually correlated with the work o f another course)
and a series o f argumentative speeches. Admission only with consent o f the
instructor.
51-52. Shakespeare. Staff.
Fall Sem ester
A study o f the complete works o f Shakespeare, tracing the development o f his
craftsmanship and ideas. For majors in this department only; normally offered
in seminar form in the first semester o f the senior year.
54. Senior Conference . Staff.
Spring Sem ester
G roup meetings o f departmental majors held in the second semester o f the
senior year for the purpose o f reviewing, integrating, and supplementing the
student’s course program.
56. Literary Criticism. M r. Hunt.
Spring Semester
The theories and doctrines o f English literary criticism and their background.
G reek Literature
Latin Literature
in
in
T ranslation (Greek 3 6 ).
T ranslation (Latin 37).
102
Miss North.
Miss North.
W riting
Speaking
and
Students in need o f training in Composition may be required to take tutorial work
or to complete Course 5 before entering the junior year.
Instruction in Public Speaking is given weekly, by Mrs. Lange, in a non-credit
course. Students are asked to prepare and deliver formal and informal speeches,
introductions, presentations, and to partake in roundtable discussions. Frequent record
ings o f each student are made to aid in self-criticism.
Extra-curricular student groups for practice in creative writing, acting, and debating
meet with members o f the departmental faculty.
A special course in English for foreign students is offered by Mrs. Helen Hall.
Selected readings in American Civilization are used, and intensive practice in writing
and speaking is provided. The course may be given either as a half-course for one
semester, or as a full course for the entire year.
Mrs. Hall also provides individual or group work in remedial reading and methods
o f study for students referred to her by the Deans or other members o f the faculty.
N o academic credit is given, but students who need this work may be required to
drop other courses in order to make room for it.
H
onors
W
ork
Prerequisites: The course requirements for a major in honors are the same as for
a major in course, Modern Literature and either Chaucer or M ilton. The election
o f an additional course in the sophomore year is advised when the schedule permits
it, and The History o f England is also recommended.
For admission with a minor in this department, the requirement is one year o f
work, including Modern Literature.
Program : Majors in honors must take four seminars in the department, including
Shakespeare and one o f the types seminars from G roup II. Minors in honors may
enroll in any two or three o f the seminars offered as may seem best suited to the
purposes o f their w hole program.
Seminars:
The follow ing seminars prepare for examinations for a degree with
Honors.
G roup I
101. Shakespeare. M r. Becker, Mr. Cowden, M r. Dearing, M r. Hicks and Mrs.
W right.
Each Semester
A study o f the mind and art o f Shakespeare as dramatist and poet. The emphasis
is on the major plays, with a more rapid reading o f the remainder o f his work.
Students are advised to read through the whole o f the plays before entering the
seminar.
102. M ilton and the 17th Century . M r. Hunt
Milton, Donne, and the poetry o f the Bible.
Fall Sem ester
103. Chaucer . M r. Klees and M r. Scudder.
Pall Semester
A study o f Chaucer's poetry and age.
Group II
105. Poetry. Mrs. W right.
Spring Semester
Chiefly late 19th century poetry. The basic elements o f poetic expression, thought,
imagery, and sound are studied separately, and then brought together in the
investigation o f four long poems.
103
106. D rama . M r. Hicks and M r. Klees.
Spring Semester
Survey o f the development o f the drama in England and America follow ing a
preliminary study o f classic drama.
107. N ovel. Mrs. W right and M r. Cowden.
Each Semester
Chiefly late 19th century. Principles o f aesthetics applied to the novel form are
developed from the study o f selected novels outside the Victorian tradition.
108. Literary Criticism. M r. Hunt.
Spring Semester
English literary criticism from Sidney to Pater, with some study o f classical
backgrounds and contemporary developments.
G roup 111
110. Comparative Literature. M r. Becker.
Each Semester
Using the realistic movement as a starting point, this seminar considers some o f
the major themes and philosophic attitudes embodied in recent literature. The
chief figures studied are Flaubert and Z ola; Tolstoy, Dostoevsky, and Chekhov;
and Mann, Joyce, and Faulkner.
111. Social Criticism. M r. Becker.
Spring Sem ester 1954
The development o f social criticism as a major constituent o f Modern English and
American literature.
112. T he English A ugustans. M r. Dearing.
Spring Sem ester
A study o f ideas and forms in the works o f Dryden, Pope, Swift, and Johnson.
The intent is primarily to evaluate the literary achievement o f four major
authors, and to relate them on the one hand to the literature o f Greece and Rome,
and on the other to philosophical and literary currents o f the Eighteenth Century.
113. A merican Literature. M r. Spiller.
Fall Semester
A study o f the major writers in this field.
120. Problems
of Literary Study . Mrs. W right.
Fall Sem ester
This seminar gives training in bibliography, selection o f problems for critical
writing, and leads to the presentation o f a thesis. Students read and criticise
each other’s work at intervals and confer individually with the instructor.
130. Linguistic Science. M r. Reuning.
(Germ an.)
Admitted as a seminar in English for majors w ho concentrate on English or
American language problems; may also be considered as a minor for students
majoring in the department.
104
Fine Arts
Professor: R obert M . W alker , Chairman
A ssistant Professor: H edley H. R hys
The aim o f the Department is to study the historical-cultural significance and
aesthetic value o f architecture, sculpture, painting and graphic art (prints and
drawings). Methods and problems o f criticism are considered: observation, analysis,
interpretation and evaluation. Instruction is given by means o f original works o f
art as w ell as by the usual visual aids. Field trips are made to public and private
collections in N ew York, Philadelphia, Baltimore and Washington and to significant
examples o f architecture in those areas.
Since it is the objective o f the Department to foster an intelligent comprehension
o f the visual arts rather than to train professional artists, no courses in drawing,
painting and sculpture are offered for credit. However, instruction in such work is
available under the extracurricular Arts and Crafts Program.
Requirements
and
R ecommendations
Prerequisites: Majors in course and majors and minors in honors must take the
full year course Fine Arts 1, 2. For other students the prerequisite for all advanced
courses is one semester o f Fine Arts 1, 2 only (i. e., Fine Arts 1 or Fine Arts 2 ) .
Sequence o f C ourses: W henever possible, majors w ill take advanced courses in
their numerical order. For other students advanced courses need not be taken in
numerical sequence.
M ajors in C ourse: The program o f a major consists o f at least eight half courses
(including Fine Arts 1-2) in the Department. The courses supporting this program
depend on the needs o f the individual student and may be found in both the Division
o f the Humanities and the Division o f the Social Sciences.
M ajors and M inors in H onors: Majors in honors take four seminars in the Depart
ment. In special cases the seminar in Aesthetics may be substituted for one in Fine
Arts. A minor in honors usually consists o f two seminars. The seminars offered in
any one semester vary according to the requirements o f the students and the con
venience o f the Department.
Language Requirem ents fo r Graduate Schools: Students are advised that graduate
work in Fine Arts usually demands a knowledge o f French or German.
Courses
1, 2. Introduction to A rt H istory. M r. Rhys and M r. Walker.
Pull Course
Pine A rts 1 (F all sem ester). Consideration is given in the first four weeks to
basic problems o f the nature o f the work o f art, the factors o f influence upon
its conception, formation and development (geographic, social, economic, etc.),
the principles o f value judgments, and methods o f analysis. A limited number
o f representative examples o f architecture, sculpture, and painting are studied
within the historical context o f the civilizations and cultural epochs which pro
duced them: Ancient Egypt, Greece, Rome and Medieval France.
Fine A rts 2 (Spring sem ester). European and American architecture, sculpture
and painting from the fifteenth century to the present day are studied from the
same points o f view and with the same methods as in the first semester.
Three hours o f lectures a week and one bi-weekly conference hour.
105
11. D esign
in D rawing and Painting . M r. Rhys.
Spring Sem ester
The basic elements o f design and their function in drawing and painting. Types
o f harmony, sequence and balance such as linear, tonal and spacial. The methods
o f design and representation that characterize the various historical styles. Practical
exercises required demand no special technical aptitude, since the purpose o f the
course is to develop a critical understanding o f drawing and painting and not
technical skill.
12. A ncient A rt .
M r. Walker.
Vail Sem ester
The development o f the forms o f architecture, sculpture and painting as express
ing various cultural patterns o f ancient civilizations: Egypt, Iran, Mesopotamia,
Greece and Rome.
13. M edieval A rt . M r. W alker.
Spring Semester
A study o f the relationship between art and society in Europe and the Near
East from the fourth through the fourteenth centuries. The ideas and institutions
which were instrumental in shaping Christian art during its formative stages o f
development. Special emphasis is placed on the Romanesque and G othic periods
in France: the abbey and the cathedral.
14. Italian Renaissance A rt . Mr. Rhys.
Vail Sem ester
A study o f certain aspects o f the Renaissance in Italy as expressed in architecture,
sculpture and painting. Emphasis is placed on such great masters as Donatello,
Masaccio, Alberti, Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael, Michelangelo and Titian.
15. N orthern R enaissance and Baroque Painting . Mr. Walker. Spring Sem ester
Developments in painting and drawing during the fifteenth, sixteenth and seven
teenth centuries in France, the Netherlands, Germany and Spain through the study
o f individual artists such as the Van Eycks, Roger van der W eyden, Jean Fouquet,
Dürer, Gruenewald, Holbein, El Greco, Rubens, Rembrandt, Vermeer, Poussin
and Velasquez.
16. M odern Painting .
M r. Rhys.
Vail Sem ester
Important stylistic developments in European painting from the French Revolu
tion to 1939: the meanings o f the various movements and their relationship to
changing social and political attitudes.
17. A merican A rt . M r. Rhys.
Vail Sem ester
Architecture, sculpture and painting in North America from the Colonial Period
to the present day, their connection with European art and their significance as a
reflection o f American culture.
18. M odern Building. M r. W alker.
Spring Sem ester
A n introduction to the nature o f architecture and the function o f the architect
through a study o f developments in European and American building during the
late nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The specific influence o f economic, tech
nological and social changes upon design and structure. Emphasis placed on the
study o f original examples in the Philadelphia area and on the work, o f such
men as Sullivan, W right, Mies van der Rohe, Gropius and Le Corbusier.
The prerequisite o f Fine Arts 1-2 is waived for students in Engineering.
H
onors
Se m in a r s
101. Italian R enaissance Painting .
M r. Rhys.
A study and analysis o f painting in Italy from Giotto to Titian: the decisive
contributions o f the outstanding masters to its stylistic development and its rela
tionship to the Renaissance movement as a whole.
106
102. N orthern Renaissance and Baroque Painting . Mr. Walker.
Developments in painting and drawing during the fifteenth, sixteenth and seven
teenth centuries in France, the Netherlands, Germany and Spain through the
study o f individual masters such as the Van Eycks, Roger van der W eyden, Jean
Fouquet, Albrecht Durer, Gruenewald, Holbein, El Greco, Rubens, Rembrandt,
Vermeer, Poussin and Velasquez.
103. M odern Painting .
Mr. Rhys.
Important stylistic developments in European painting from the French Revolution
to 1939: the meanings o f the various movements and their relationship to
changing social and political attitudes.
104. M aster Print M akers.
Mr. Walker.
A consideration o f certain problems in the history o f the graphic arts. A study
o f the significance o f the work o f such men as Schongauer, Dürer, Rembrandt,
Goya, Daumier, Munch and Rouault for the development o f expression in the
media o f the woodcut, engraving, etching, aquatint and lithography. Students
work almost exclusively with original material in the Print Room o f the Phila
delphia Museum and the Lessing J. Rosenwald Collection in Jenkintown.
107
}
H istory
Professor: M ary A lbertson , Chairman
A ssociate Professors: Paul H . B e k * '
James A. Field, Jr .
L aurence D . Lafore
Frederick B. T olles (part-time) *
Instructors : Robert D . C ross
R ichard W . Lym an
Joh n L. T eall
L ecturer : T heodore H . V o n Laue
The introductory courses (1 -5 ) as w ell as some o f the more advanced courses are
designed primarily to familiarize students with contemporary American civilization;
its European backgrounds; England’s influence, particularly through her literature,
her law, and her constitution; and the heritage and the place in the w orld o f the
United States itself. There is another group o f courses (1 1 -1 4 ) which are intended
to introduce history majors as w ell as majors in other departments to the understand
ing o f a foreign culture.
R equirements
for
and
M ajors
R ecommendations
and
M inors
History 1-2 should be taken in the freshman year if possible. The work o f the
major in course normally consists o f at least six additional half courses in the depart
ment, including one or two half courses in American history (4 and 5 ) in the sopho
more year, at least one half course in English history, and Special Topics in the
senior year. The comprehensive examination includes a choice o f general questions
on the fields o f European, English, and American history and also a choice o f
questions on other history courses elected by the individual. Sensibly planned election
o f related courses in other departments should begin in the sophomore year. Suitable
electives in other departments which are open to sophomores are: Political Science 12;
Classics 31 or 34; Fine Arts 1 and 2; Philosophy 13 or 14; Economics 19-20;
English Literature 11, 12, 28, 31-32, or 35; any foreign language or literature.
Languages which are most useful to students o f history and which are required by
many graduate schools are French and German. French 7-8 or German 7-8 may be
taken by those w ho wish a second foreign language.
The requirement for acceptance as a major in history at the end o f the sophomore
year is successful completion o f course 1-2 and a C average in 18 half courses.
The department recommends that a course major in the junior and senior years
group his electives in such a way as to make a coherent program. The department
records the field o f special competence o f its majors so that the information can be
* On leave of absence, 1952-53.
108
given in letters o f recommendation, etc., when it is desirable; and selection o f
questions in the comprehensive examination may be guided by these interests. A major
in history may, fo r example, be described as a major in history with emphasis on the
social sciences, or with emphasis on American civilization or on French civilization, or
with emphasis on international relations or on Russian studies.
The student planning to apply for work in honors either as a major or minor should
follow in general the same program as the course major dining his first two years.
He should normally, if he has room for history in his program during his sophomore
year, choose either a half course in American history (4 , 5 ) or a half course in
English history ( 3 ) , as background for later work in honors in those fields. If the
choice has to be made between a second course in American history and a first
course in English history, the latter should be chosen.
C ourses
1-2. Europe. A ll members o f the department.
Full Course
One o f the basic courses in the curriculum. It is intended to be an introduction
to the study, understanding, and use o f history. It is a requirement for gradu
ation fo r all students in the divisions o f the humanities and the social sciences,
and it is a prerequisite to all other work in history. It begins with a brief
discussion o f the classical backgrounds o f European civilization and ends with
a brief discussion o f post-war Europe. Sections are small enough for discussion.
3. England .
Miss Albertson.
A survey o f the history o f the English people from the middle ages to the
present day.
4. T he U nited States Before 1865. M r. Field.
Fall Sem ester
A n advanced course on American history. Special help on the writing o f long
papers is given in connection with this course.
5. T he U nited States Sincb 1865. M r. Field.
Spring Semester
A n advanced course on American history.
11. T he O ther A merican Republics.
M r. Lafore.
T he emphasis is on M exico, Brazil, and Argentina. This is recommended for
majors in Spanish as well as for majors in history, and as a general elective.
12. France. Miss Albertson.
The history o f France from Roman times to the present day. This is recom
mended fo r majors in French as well as for majors in history and as a general
elective.
13. G brmany .
The history o f modern Germany from the Napoleonic era to the present. This
is recommended for majors in German as w ell as for majors in history and as a
general elective.
14. R ussia. M r. Beik or M r. V o n Laue.
Fall Sem ester
The history o f modern Russia. The course begins with the reign o f Peter and
gives half its time to the period since the Revolution.
21. Q uakerism.
M r. Tolies.
(N o t offered in 1952-53).
The history o f the Society o f Friends to the present day. The characteristic re
ligious and social ideas o f the Quakers are considered in their historical setting.
A large part o f the reading is done in the original sources. It may be taken
without a prerequisite.
109
51. T he W estward M ovement .
M r. Field.
European colonization, the struggle for North America, westward expansion,
sectional development, problems o f growth and integration o f newly settled
regions. Open to juniors and seniors only.
52. M odern Britain .
M r. Lafore.
The development o f a modern industrial society and welfare state.
juniors and seniors only.
53. T he French Revolution
and
N apoleon .
Open to
Mr. Beik.
(N o t offered in 1952-53)
The significance o f the period 1789-1815 in the development o f modern European
social theories and political institutions. Open to juniors and seniors only.
54. M edieval Europe.
Mr. Teall.
The history o f western Europe from the decline o f the Roman Empire through
the thirteenth century. Open to juniors and seniors only.
55. T he Renaissance.
Miss Albertson.
The history o f the period1 o f the Renaissance in Europe.
seniors only.
56. A merican D iplomatic H istory.
Open to juniors and
Mr. Field.
This course considers official United States foreign policy as a part o f the larger
problem o f American participation in w orld affairs.
65. Special T opics. A ll members o f the department.
Spring Semester
Individual programs are planned to prepare majors in history for the compre
hensive examinations. The discussion o f review problems, o f papers, and o f
reading is conducted in groups and in individual conferences with the instructor.
H onors Seminars
The follow ing seminars are offered by the department to juniors and seniors to
prepare fo r the examinations for a degree with Honors. They may be taken in any
combination. The prerequisite is History 1-2 except in the seminars for which an
additional prerequisite is indicated.
Am erican H istory
102. Problems in A merican H istory.
Mr. Field.
Selected topics in the history o f the United States. Open only to students who
have taken course 4 or an equivalent approved by the instructor.
103. Problems
in
A merican H istory: Foreign.
Mr. Field.
A study o f the United States in the w orld community. It takes into account
wars, industrial, technological and population changes abroad, and changes in
national attitudes at home, with special reference for instance to the Louisiana
Purchase, the M onroe Doctrine, the Mexican W ar, the problem o f the Pacific,
and the W orld W ars. Open only to students w ho have taken course 4 or an
equivalent approved by the instructor.
104. T he Supreme Court . M r. Cross.
(N o t offered in 1953-54.)
For seniors. The emphasis is on common law cases and principles. The work
in this seminar is not designed to anticipate or overlap the courses in constitu
tional law offered in law schools.
110
English H istory
106. M edieval England. Miss Albertson.
The period from 1066 to 1485.
108. T udor and Stuart England. Miss Albertson.
The period from 1485 to 1688. Open only to students w ho have taken course 3.
109. M odern England. M r. Lafore.
The nineteenth century. Open only to students who have taken Course 3.
European H istory
111. Medieval Europe.
The civilization o f the twelfth and thirteenth centuries.
112. T he Renaissance and Reformation. Miss Albertson.
Europe from the fourteenth to the seventeenth centuries.
114. Europe 1760 to 1870. Mr. Beik or Mr. Lyman.
The decay o f the old regime and the rise o f liberalism.
115. Europe 1870 to 1939: M odern Europe. Mr. Lafore.
Political and social changes which preceded the second w orld war.
116. Europe 1870 to 1939: D iplomatic History. Mr. Lafore.
The management o f international affairs and problems.
117. Europe 1900 to the Present: Eastern Europe. Mr. V on Laue.
(N o t offered in 1953-54.)
The internal development o f Russia and Russia’s cultural and political position
in eastern Europe.
T hesis (120)
A thesis may be substituted for one o f the honors examinations by special per
mission o f the department. The topic should be selected and approved by the
end o f the junior year. It must be finished and a copy filed in the Library by
the middle o f the senior year.
Ill
International Relations
Students w ho plan to enter upon a career in the field o f international relations
should include in their programs, during the first tw o years, the introductory courses
in economics, history, and political science and should complete the intermediate
course in one or more modern languages.
Advanced courses selected from the groups listed below may be incorporated in
the programs o f students w ho do their major work in economics, history, political
science, or a modern language.
Those students w ho wish to concentrate in international relations may take their
Senior Comprehensive Examination in this field. Students preparing for this examina
tion should take eight, nine, or ten half courses from among those listed below,
including all o f those listed in G roup I, one or more in G roup II, and one or
more in G roup III.
The examination is administered by a committee appointed
by the chairmen o f the Departments o f Economics, History, and Political Science,
under the Chairmanship o f the Department o f Political Science.
G roup 1
Political Science 12. I nternational Politics
Political Science 13. International Law and O rganization
Political Science 57-58.
A merican Foreign Policy
Economics 60. International Economics
G roup II
History
3. England
History 11. T he O ther A merican R epublics
History 12. Francb
History 13. G ermany
History 14. R ussia
G roup III
Political Science 15. Comparative G overnments
Political Science 16. D emocracy and D ictatorship
Economics 17.
India
and
Pakistan
Political Science 18. T he British W elfare State
Russian Studies 19-20. Soviet Economics and Politics
Students w ho plan to enter the honors program w ill find it possible to select a
similar combination o f courses and seminars in the field o f international relations. In
planning such programs, they should consult with the chairmen o f their prospective
major departments.
112
Mathematics
Professor: H einrich B rinkm an n , Chairman
A ssociate Professor: Philip W . C arruth
Instructors : Edgar R. M ullins, Jr .
D avid R osen
Pure mathematics is an abstract subject and may be looked upon as the model o f a
deductive science. O n the other hand, the subject matter o f mathematics has for the
most part arisen out o f concrete applications to the physical sciences, among which
geometry occupies a central position.
The courses offered in the department o f
Mathematics attempt to combine these points o f view and to give a picture o f the
power and beauty o f the subject when studied for its ow n sake, as well as its many
relations to other ¿elds o f thought.
The study o f mathematics is essential as a
tool for the understanding o f the principles o f the physical sciences and engineering;
a knowledge o f its techniques is indispensable for a successful pursuit o f these
subjects. The same is becoming increasingly true in the biological sciences and in
some o f the social sciences.
For students w ho intend to major in mathematics in course, the normal sequence
o f courses is the follow ing: Freshman year, courses 1-2; Sophomore year, courses
11-12; Junior and Senior years, tw o half-courses selected each year from courses
13, 14, 15, 51, 52, 53, 54.
T he completion o f Physics 1-2 is strongly recommended.
In order to be admitted to honors seminars in mathematics, either as a major or
as a minor, a student must have completed courses 1-2 and 11-12.
A n honors
student whose major is mathematics must also take Physics 1-2; it is furthermore
highly desirable that he have a reading knowledge o f French or German. A junior
honors student w ill normally take the seminars in Advanced Calculus and Differential
Equations; these seminars are offered each year. The remaining seminars are usually
taken by senior students and are offered as they are required.
1-2. First Y ear M athematics.
p un Course
The subject matter studied in_ these courses constitutes an introduction to mathematical analysis. The principles and applications o f elementary calculus are
studied as well as the relevant material from Algebra, Trigonometry and Ana
lytical Geometry. This course Js required as a prerequisite for any further work
in mathematics; it^ w ill also give a student w ho intends to take no such further
work an introduction to mathematical principles and methods. It w ill not be
possible to take Courses 1 or 2 as separate half-courses.
7. Introduction
to
M athematics.
pm
Sem ester
The purpose o f this course is to acquaint the student with the principles and
some o f the fundamental concepts o f mathematics, as w ell as to bring out its
relationship to physical sciences. The course is planned for students w ho do
not intend to take further work in mathematics or natural science and cannot be
used as a prerequisite for other courses in mathematics.
113
11-12. D ifferential and Integral Calculus .
Full Course
These courses introduce the student to the principles and applications o f the
calculus. They form a necessary basis for any further work in mathematics and
are essential for an understanding o f the fundamentals o f physics and other
sciences, as well as engineering. These courses constitute a full course and cannot
be taken separately; both are usually offered in each semester. Beginning with
the year 1953-54 the contents o f this course w ill be modified in order to agree
with the changes now being made in Mathematics 1-2.
Prerequisite: Courses 1-2.
13. H igher G eometry.
Pall Semester
Various kinds o f geometry (mostly in the plane) w ill be studied in this course,
using both analytic and synthetic methods. A large part o f the work w ill deal
with projective geometry and its relation to metric and other geometries. The
conic sections w ill be studied in some detail.
Prerequisites: Courses 1-2, 11-12.
14. H igher A lgebra.
Spring Sem ester
The purpose o f this course is to introduce the student to some o f the abstract
ideas that are fundamental in the subject o f algebra as well as to extend his
knowledge o f certain algebraic techniques. Am ong the subjects studied are:
Number systems, fields and their algebraic extensions, matrices and determinants,
the solution o f algebraic equations, systems o f linear equations.
Prerequisites: Courses 1-2, 11-12.
15. Solid A nalytic G eometry.
Fall Sem ester
(N o t given in 1952-53.)
Metric theory o f planes, lines and quadric surfaces in Euclidean three-dimensional
space, emphasis on the use o f determinants and matrices.
Prerequisites: Courses 1-2, 11-12.
51. A dvanced Calculus .
Fall Semester
(N o t given in 1952-53.)
This course deals with the differential calculus o f functions o f several variables
and its geometric applications, multiple integrals, line and surface integrals,
improper integrals and infinite series. The treatment is sufficiently rigorous to
strengthen the student’s understanding o f the principles o f the calculus. A ppli
cations to the physical sciences are given whenever possible.
Prerequisites: Courses 1-2, 11-12.
52. D ifferential Equations .
Spring Semester
A study o f ordinary differential equations, with applications to problems from
geometry, physics and other sciences. Certain classical linear differential equa
tions are also studied in some detail.
Prerequisites: Courses 1-2, 11-12, 51.
53. H ighbr A nalysis.
Spring Sem ester
(N o t given in 1952-53.)
A number o f different subjects w ill be studied in this course, both because o f
their intrinsic importance and in order to give the student practice in the processes
o f analysis. Some o f the topics to be considered are: Fourier Series, with appli
cations to physical problems; Orthogonal polynomials; Gamma Function; Elliptic
Integrals; Functions o f a Complex Variable.
Prerequisites: Courses 1-2, 11-12, 51, 52 (Course 52 may be taken concurrently).
114
54. Probability and Statistics.
Spring Sem ester
This course deals with the mathematical theory o f statistics, based upon a study
o f the theory o f probability. A n introduction to the theory o f sampling and
statistical inference w ill be given.
Prerequisites: Courses 1-2, 11-12, 51 (Course 51 may be taken concurrently).
60. Reading Coursb
in
M athematics.
This course is to provide an opportunity for students to do special work in
fields not covered by the undergraduate courses, listed above. The work consists
in the preparation o f papers requiring extensive and detailed examination o f the
literature o f a problem.
H onors Seminars
in
M athematics
101. A dvanced Calculus.
Vail Sem ester
The subject matter o f this seminar includes the differential calculus o f functions'
o f several variables, the elements o f vector analysis, multiple integrals, line and
surface integrals, improper integrals, infinite series, uniform convergence o f
infinite processes. The treatment o f these various subjects is sufficiently detailed
to give the student an introduction to the rigorous processes o f analysis.
102. D ifferential Equations .
Spring Sem ester
This seminar begins with a formal treatment o f ordinary differential equations
and their applications to various types o f problems. This is follow ed by a study
o f existence theorems for ordinary differential equations, certain classical linear
differential equations, Fourier series and a brief introduction to boundary value
problems o f certain partial differential equations o f the second order.
103. Statistics
and
Probability.
The purpose o f this seminar is to give the mathematical background necessary
for an understanding o f the mathematical analysis o f statistical data. In addition,
the m odem development o f this subject provides a valuable application o f the
concepts and techniques acquired in the study o f advanced calculus. The topics
treated include: the axiomatic approach, the use o f Stieltjes integrals, correlation
and regression, some special distributions, sampling theory and a short introduction
to the theory o f statistical estimation.
104. M odern A lgebra.
This seminar deals with the theoretical properties o f such formal systems as groups,
rings, fields and vector spaces.
W h ile these concepts w ill be illustrated by
many concrete examples, the emphasis w ill be on the abstract nature o f the
subject; the student w ill thus be introduced to an important aspect o f modern
mathematics. Am ong the speciljc topics to be studied are the algebra o f matrices,
o f classes and o f ideals.
105. T heory
of
Functions
of a
Complex V ariable.
A brief study o f the geometry o f complex numbers is follow ed by a detailed
treatment o f the Cauchy theory o f analytical functions o f a complex variable.
Various applications are given and some special classes o f functions, such as
elliptic functions, are studied. Analytic continuation and the theory o f Weierstrass
are briefly considered.
106. Foundations
of
M athematics.
Postulational treatment o f mathematics. The problem o f consistency. Relation
o f logic and mathematics. Some o f the systematic treatments o f the foundation
o f logic.
Modern developments.
115
107. D ifferential G eometry.
The subject o f this seminar is the metric differential geometry o f curves and
surfaces in three dimensional space.
108. T heory
of
N umbers.
Am ong the subjects studied in this seminar are: E lem ental properties o f integers,
the congruence relation, quadratic residues, certain quadratic forms, certain classical
Diophantine equations, simple examples o f fields o f algebraic numbers.
116
M odern Languages and Literatures
Professors: H arold M arch (French)
Edith Philips, Chairman (French)
A ssociate Professors: Lydia Baer (German)
K arl R euning (German)
James D. Sorber (Spanish)
Leon W encelius (French)
A ssistant Professors: H ilde D. Cohn (German)
Elba A sensio (Spanish)
Instructors : O lga Lamkert (Russian)
Jeanne T heiss (French)
The department o f modern languages and literatures aims to give its majors a
comprehensive view o f the literature and culture represented by these languages, in
relation to other humanistic studies. Courses are conducted in the language o f the
literature being studied, and progress in the language is always one o f the aim»!
The elementary and intermediate courses are designed to prepare the students for
advanced work in literature as w ell as to meet college and departmental requirements.
It is not impossible, with some extra reading, to major or to enter honors seminars
in a language started in college. Prerequisites and recommended subjects for majors
are noted under the listing o f each language section.
French
A ll students offering French for entrance are placed at the level where they
w ill presumably profit best by the course, according to their rating in the College
Entrance Examination or a test given by the department.
French may be offered as a major in course or as a major or minor in honors work.
Prerequisites and recommended supporting subjects are die same for both course and
honors students and are as follow s:
Required:
French 11-12 Introduction to Literature, or evidence o f equivalent work.
French 6 Advanced Composition and Diction.
Recommended supporting subjects:
French History, History o f Modern Philosophy, Psychology, courses in other
literatures, Fine Arts.
Majors are expected to speak French with sufficient fluency to take part in discussion
in courses and seminars in the language and to pass an oral comprehensive o t oial
honors examination in French.
N o te: A ll advanced courses are not offered every year. Students wishing a major
or minor in French should plan their course carefully in advance with the department
in order to get a w ell rounded program.
117
C o urses
1-2. Elementary French .
For students who begin French in College. Equivalent to two years’ French in
high school. The initial approach is oral but a foundation is laid for a reading
knowledge. N o credit is given for French 1 alone. Both courses offered each
semester.
3, 4. I ntermediate Frbnch .
For students w ho have had French 1-2 or its equivalent (2 years’ French in high
s ch o o l).
Students w ho have had three years in high school usually enter
French 4. Grammar is reviewed. Reading is from contemporary literature in
French editions without notes or vocabulary. Every effort is made to help the
student to increase his vocabulary and to discuss what he has read in the French
language.
Completion o f French 4 satisfies the language requirement.
The
normal course to follow French 4 is French 11.
(Both courses are offered
each semester.)
6. A dvanced Composition and D iction . Miss Theiss.
For those w ho intend to major in French or w ho wish an advanced course in
which the emphasis is not primarily literary. A n effort is made to correct faulty
pronunciation and to improve self-expression in the language, both oral and
written.
7-8. Elementary French (Special Reading Course).
A special course designed for students who wish to acquire a reading knowledge
o f French in a single year. French 7-8 may be used to fulfill the requirements
o f certain departments or graduate schools, but not to satisfy the college foreign
language requirement.
11, 12. I ntroduction
to
Literature.
In Course 11 the transition is made from reading as an aid to language learning
to the consideration o f literary values. The material is selected from classics of
the nineteenth century, but it is not a systematic survey course. Prerequisite:
French 4 or equivalent.
In Course 12 the treatment is more historical with selected readings in Larousse
editions from Rabelais to Rousseau. (B oth courses are offered each semester.)
14. Prose
de la
Renaissance.
Readings from Rabelais, Calvin, Montaigne.
15. La Pensée D u 17e Siéclb.
Descartes, Pascal, La Rochefoucauld and other prose writers o f the seventeenth
century, their importance in the formation o f French "classicism.”
16. Les "P hilosophes.”
Montesquieu, Voltaire, D iderot and Rousseau; their contribution to the develop
ment o f the ideas on art, literature and society which characterize the French
eighteenth century.
17. T héâtre
C lassique.
The plays o f Corneille, Racine and M olière and the growth o f the classic ideal in
French literature.
118
18.
T héâtre M oderne.
The development o f the French theater from the breaking down o f the dom inan e
o f the classical ideal in the eighteenth century. Plays o f Marivaux and Beau
marchais. Theories o f Diderot. Characteristic examples o f the theater o f the
nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
20. Poésie M oderne.
Baudelaire, the Symbolists, modern tendencies.
21. Littérature
du
M oyen A ge.
Readings from medieval literature in modern French translations.
22. Rom an M oderne.
Representative novelists from Balzac to the present.
23. Proust
et
G ide.
(N o t given in 1951-52.)
The dominant writers o f the early twentieth century.
illustrate their importance in contemporary literature.
Novels and essays which
24. Saint -Exupéry, M alraux , Sartre, Camus .
Neo-humanism and contemporary tendencies.
30. M ouvement
des
Idées,
Ideological background o f modern literature.
51. Special T opics.
(F or senior majors.)
Readings selected to fit the needs o f individual seniors and to supplement their
selection o f courses. N ot designed to prepare for any specific type o f compre
hensive examination but to give an opportunity in the senior year for the student
to see his courses in perspective and to see possible relationships with work in
other fields.
H onors Seminars
100. Littérature
du
M oyen A ge.
O ld French readings in lyric poety, theater and fiction.
101. La Renaissance
bn
France .
Rabelais, Calvin, Montaigne, Ronsard et la Pléiade.
102. Lb T héâtre C lassique.
Corneille, Racine, Molière.
103. L bs "P hilosophes."
Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot, Rousseau.
104. Balzac , Stendhal, Flaubert.
105. Proust
et
G ide.
119
106.
Poésie M oderne.
Baudelaire, Rimbaud, Verlaine, Mallarmé, Claudel, Valéry.
W h ile some honors seminars treat the same subject matter as the courses, the read
ing required is more extensive both in the texts and in critical material. The work
o f a seminar corresponds to two half courses.
German
A s s o c ia t e P r o f e s s o r s : L y d i a B a e r
K
A
s s is t a n t
arl
R e u n in g
P r o f e s s o r : H il d e D . C o h n
A ll students offering German for entrance are placed at the level where they can
presumably profit best by the course, according to their rating in the College Entrance
Examination or a test given by the department.
German may be offered as a major in course or as a major or minor in honors work.
Prerequisites and recommended supporting subjects are the same for both course and
honors students and are as follow s:
Required:
German 11-12. Introduction to German Literature.
Recommended supporting subjects:
A n advanced course in German literature, Shakespeare, Modern Philosophy,
Psychology, Fine Arts, courses in other literatures, History o f Germany.
As far as possible German is the language o f the classroom in all advanced courses
and seminars. Since not all advanced courses and seminars are offered every year,
students wishing a major or minor in German should plan their courses carefully
in advance with the department in order to get a well rounded program.
1-2. Elementary G erman .
Full Course
For students w ho begin German in college. Equivalent o f tw o years’ secondary
school preparation. Fundamentals o f German and simpler texts such as Michael:
IV orte und W örter.
3. Intermediate G erman .
Prerequisite: German 1-2 or two years’ secondary school preparation. Review
grammar and texts o f average difficulty such as H ill: D rei Nobelpreisträger.
4. Intermediate G erman .
Fulfills the college requirement for all students w ho wish to learn reading through
the medium o f literary and cultural material, o f the type o f Hesse: K nulp;
Fleissner and Fleissner: D ie Kunst der Prosa; Goethe: Urfaust; Bruns: A Book
o f German Lyrics.
Prerequisite: German 3 or equivalent.
6. W riting
and
Speaking G erman .
Composition and conversation.
Introduction to V olkskunde:
cultural backgrounds o f modern Germany.
Prerequisite: Course 3-4 or equivalent.
120
the social and
7-8. Elbmentary G erman (S pecial R eading Course).
Full C ou n t
A special reading course designed for those w ho wish to acquire a reading knowl
edge o f German in a single year. German 7-8 may be used to fulfill the requiremente o f certain departments or o f graduate schools, but not to satisfy the college
foreign language requirement. German 7-8 supplants the former H alf Course in
ocientmc German (German 5 ) .
11, 12. I ntroduction
to
G erman Literature.
Either half or both may be taken for credit. Prerequisite for majors and minors.
A study o f representative German authors from the classical period to the present:
reading and discussion o f dramas, stories, and lyric poems. W riting o f critical
Prerequisite:
Course 3-4 or equivalent.
13. D ie D eutsche Romantik .
H alf Course
A n introductory study o f the romantic movement in Germany, with illustrative
readings from representative authors such as Novalis, Tieck, Arnim, Brentano,
fnchendorfl. Lectures, discussion, papers in German.
Prerequisite: Course 11-12 or equivalent.
14. D ie D eutsche N ovelle
von
G oethe
bis
T homas M a n n .
Significant examples o f this typically German genre w ill be read and interpreted
as to contents, form and historical importance, as w ell as its relations to other
European literatures.
Authors: Goethe, Eichendorff, Kleist, Stifter, Meyer,
Keller, Storm, Thomas Mann.
15-16. D ie G oethe Z eit.
Goethe, Schiller and their contemporaries in relationship to their times.
ideas and aesthetic problems discussed and reflected in their works.
18. M odernb D eutsche L iteratur.
Their
H alf Course
A study o f four or five leading German writers o f the twentieth century, in
cluding Thomas Mann, Gerhart Hauptmann, Rainer Maria Rilke. Lectures dis
cussion, papers.
Prerequisite:
Course 11-12 or equivalent.
19. G erman A uthors
in
T ranslation .
Lectures in English; discussion;
Open to all students.
H alf Course
frequent book reports in English by students.
H onors W ork
The follow ing seminars prepare for examinations for a degree with Honors. Those
actually given in any year vary according to the choices o f the students and the con
venience o f the department.
101. M iddle H igh G erman Literature
and
Philology .
Introduction into Indo-European and Germanic philology and phonetics. Out° f development o f the German language. M iddle H igh German grammar.
Brief survey o f O ld and M iddle H igh German literature. Reading o f M H G
texts in the original, especially NibeluUgenlied, W olfram ’s Parzival, and Walther
von der Vogelweide.
102. T he A ge
of
Luther .
Study o f literary, historical, sociological and religious problems o f the sixteenth
century. Reading o f outstanding authors o f the period, such as Luther, Hans
Sachs, Brant, Hutten, Fischart. A course or seminar in History o f the Reforma
tion is recommended as preparation for this seminar.
121
103. D eutsches Barock und A ufklaerung .
A study o f German literature in the seventeenth and early eighteenth centuries.
The reforms o f Opitz, the lyric poetry o f the period, the mysticism o f Angelus
Silesius, and Jakob Böhme, the plays o f Gryphius, and the prose o f Grimmels
hausen; a study o f Lessing in his most important dramas and critical writing.
104. G oethe .
Goethe's life and work in the classical age o f German literature, in its chief
phases.
105. D ie D eutsche R omantik .
Romanticism as the dominant movement in German literature o f the first half
o f the nineteenth century.
106. Poetischer R ealismus.
Studies in the works o f Grillparzer, Hebbel, Ludwig, Keller, Meyer, and Storm,
and other writers o f the drama, novel, and "N ovelle” in the second half o f the
nineteenth century.
107. D eutsche Literatur Seit 1900.
The chief writers o f "Neuromantik" and impressionism: Gerhart Hauptmann’s
dramas; Thomas Mann’s epic prose ; Rainer Maria Rilke’s poetry; H ugo von
Hofmannsthal’s lyric prose and poetry.
130. Linguistic Science. (In cooperation with other departments in the Division
o f the Humanities.)
The most important problems o f Linguistics, e. g., sound change, changes in
accidence and syntax, semantic changes, geographical distribution and relation of
languages. Indo-European, English, and American language problems. Relation
ship between linguistics and psychology. Some knowledge o f German, French,
Latin, or Greek is desirable, reading knowledge o f at least one foreign language
required.
Students w ho know non-Indo-European languages are especially
welcome. The seminar is conducted in English.
(See also schedules o f Honors Seminars in English and Psychology.)
Italian
(N o t given in 1952-53)
Since few students enter with previous preparation in Italian, there is no system
for placement. Any student w ho wishes advanced standing can arrange his status in
conference with the instructor.
The department does not offer a major or minor in Italian.
There are no honors seminars in Italian.
N o t more than one Italian course is usually offered in any given year and plans
for the study o f Italian should be carefully made in consultation with the department.
Courses
1-2. Elementary Italian .
Full Course
A course aimed to give the student ability to read ordinary Italian with ease,
and to write and speak simple Italian.
3. Intermediate Italian .
Grammar review and composition.
Reading from modern literature.
122
4. Intermediate Italian .
Readings from Dante’s Inferno.
11-12. Introduction
to
M odern Italian Literature.
Representative texts o f modern Italian writers.
Russian
In s t r u c t o r : O
lga
Lam kert
Courses in the Russian language may be used to fulfill the college’s foreign language
requirement. A major in Russian language and literature may be obtained by taking
the courses listed below and additional courses offered at Bryn Mawr College. These
courses are part o f the Russian Studies program offered at Bryn Mawr, Haverford,
and Swarthmore Colleges (see p. 1 4 6 ).
1-2. Elementary Russian. Miss Lamkert.
Full Course
Vocabulary and grammar.
Oral and written translations from English into
Russian and vice versa. Vocabulary building. Reading o f short stories. Books:
Essentials o f Russian (Prentice-H all), Stories by Lermontoff and Pushkin (Heath
series). Five hours a week.
3, 4. I ntermediate Russian. Miss Lamkert.
Review o f grammar with special emphasis on use o f prepositions, verb forms,
numerals. Short area study, geography and history o f Russia to the revolution
o f 1917. Advanced reading and composition. Books: Essentials o f Russian
(Prentice-H all), Russian Area Reader (Ronald Press), Pushkin’s Captain’ s
Daughter.
11,12. I ntroduction to Russian Littérature: Prose.
Miss Lamkert.
(N o t offered in 1952-53.)
A short survey o f the Russian literature o f the 18th and 19th centuries. Books:
Russian Area Reader (Ronald Press) and other books to be selected by the class.
1 3 , 14. Introduction to R ussian Literature : Poetry and C ontemporary
A uthors. Miss Lamkert.
Books: Eugene Onegin by Pushkin. Readings from Chekov and Gorky.
Spanish
D.
A
s s o c ia t e
P r o f e s s o r : Ja m e s
A
s s is t a n t
P r o f e s s o r : E l is a A
So r b e r
s e n s io
A ll students offering Spanish for entrance are placed at the level where they w ill
presumably profit best by the course according to their rating in the College Entrance
examination or a test given by the department.
Spanish may be offered as a major in course or as a major or minor in honors
work. Prerequisites and recommended supporting subjects are the same for both
course and honors students and are as follow s:
Required:
Spanish 11-12 Introduction to Literature.
Recommended supporting subjects:
Introduction to Philosophy, Psychology, English or another foreign or classic
literature, Fine Arts, South American History.
123
Majors are expected to speak Spanish with sufficient fluency to take part in dis
cussion in courses and seminars in the language and to pass an oral comprehensive
o r oral honors examination in Spanish.
C ourses
1-2. Elementary Spanish .
For students w ho begin Spanish in college. Equivalent to two years' Spanish
in high school. The emphasis is both on the spoken language and on reading.
3, 4. Intermediate Spanish .
For students w ho have had Spanish 1-2 or its equivalent (tw o years in high
sch o o l). Students w ho have had three years usually enter Spanish 4. Grammar
is reviewed. Reading is from Spanish and South American literature with em
phasis on increasing the student’s vocabulary and his ability to discuss his read
ing in oral and written Spanish.
9. A dvanced Composition
and
D iction .
For majors and others w ho wish an advanced course in which the emphasis is
not primarily literary. A n effort is made to correct faulty pronunciation and
to improve self expression in the language both oral and written.
l l , 12. Introduction
to
Spanish Literature.
Representative texts o f modern Spanish and Latin American writers.
in Spanish with frequent written work in Spanish. .
Conducted
13. El T eatro M oderno.
Plays o f the major Spanish writers in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
14. La N ovela H ispanoamericana .
Representative novelists from Mármol in Argentina to Revueltas in Mexico.
15,
16. Las O bras
de
Cervantes.
Novelas ejemplares. The Q uixote. ( A year course giving a thorough study of
Cervantes. The first semester may stand alone.)
18. La N ovela Española D el Siglo X I X .
Outstanding novelists from Fernán Caballero to Blasco Ibañez.
20.
Special T opics
for
Senior M ajors .
Readings selected to fit the needs o f seniors and to supplement their selection of
courses.
N ot designed to prepare for any specific type o f comprehensive
examination, but to give an opportunity in the senior year for the student to
see his courses in perspective and to see possible relationships to work in other
fields.
Se m in a r s
101.
La N ovela H ispanoamericana .
102.
La N ovela Española D el Siglo X I X .
103. Las O bras
de
Cervantes.
104. El T eatro M oderno.
105. El T eatro D el Siglo
de
O ro .
N o t e : While the titles of seminars in Spanish correspond to the titles of courses, honors students
read more extensively both in the texts and critical work. The work of a seminar corresponds to
that of two half courses.
124
M usic
Pro fesso r: A
lfred
J. Sw
Lectu rer: W
an
, Chairman
il l ia m
H . R e e se
The study o f music is concerned with a gradual and grow ing understanding o f the
language o f the great composers. This may be approached from without: through
a study o f the general style o f the epoch in which the composer lived, its ideas, its
art, its manner o f life; through a historical tracing o f the forms used by the com
poser; through listening to his music accompanied by certain directives o f the
teacher. Y et the better and surer approach is from within: through a study o f the
musical laws underlying the composition and a gradual application o f these laws
(counterpoint, harmony, etc.) to thematic material either invented by the student
himself, or set before him by the teacher; through acquiring the ability to perform
his ow n work or the models o f the masters (chiefly at the p ia n o).
A reasonable amount o f inherent musical talent is presupposed for the second,
surer method o f studying music. There are not a few students in the college, how
ever, who, considering themselves lacking in this talent, w ould prefer the former,
more outward way. T he ensuing music courses are devised to satisfy both types
o f student.
R e q u ir e m e n t s
and
R e c o m m e n d a t io n s
for
M
a jo r s
If, in the course o f his first tw o years in college, the student has shown an ex
ceptional aptitude for either composition, or musicology (an interest in all music
history plus an absorbing interest in one phase, preferably the M iddle Ages or
the Renaissance), or both, he may elect to major in music. It is also desirable that
he show a certain gift, or at least skill, in handling the piano.
I-
2. I ntroduction to M usic H istory. M r. Reese.
Full Course
This course is devised for the unprepared music lover. It w ill introduce him
to the successive periods and styles o f music history. In each period certain
typical works w ill be played in class and analyzed. A lon g with this general
appreciation the student w ill also make the acquaintance o f elementary musical
grammar which w ill prepare him to take up musical composition later.
I I - 12. Elementary M usical Composition . M r. Swan.
Full Course
After practice in melodic patterns— the invention o f his own canti fermi— the
student w ill proceed to two-part writing and the study o f consonant and disso
nant formations. The horizontal and vertical methods (counterpoint and har
m ony) are taken up simultaneously. The course ends in three-part writing, vocal
and instrumental.
25. T he H istory of Russian M usical Culture . M r. Swan.
Fall Semester
This course w ill be given in conjunction with the cycle o f concerts devoted’ to
Russian music in 1952-53.
31-32. A dvanced M usical Composition and H istory. Mr. Swan.
Full Course
Conducted as a seminar for advanced students who have already had some o f
their works performed at concerts and demonstrations and w ho can take part in
discussions o f orchestral writing, scoring a cappella, and the large musical forms
(historically and practically).
125
H
onors
W
ork
T o be admitted to honors a student must have completed Music 11-12 and have
shown his aptitude for either composition or musicology, or for both.
Honors
students and music majors in course should take advantage o f the offerings at Bryn
Mawr College and the University o f Pennsylvania. They should normally also have
had prolonged instruction in piano playing, so as to be able to show their new
compositions at the piano.
Philosophy and R eligion
Pr o f e s s o r s :
R i c h a r d B. B r a n d t ;
W
K ohler,
olfgang
Joh n M. M oore
A s s o c ia t e P r o f e s s o r s : M
onroe
Chairman
Research Professor of Philosophy and
Psychology
C. B eard sley
R o d e r ic k Fi r t h J
A s s is t a n t P r o f e s s o r : W
V is it in g A
s s is t a n t
il l ia m
H
qrdern
P r o f e s s o r : R ic h a r d C . T a y l o r * *
I n s t r u c t o r s . E l i z a b e t h L a n e B e a r d s l e y (p a r t-tim e )
E r n a F . Sc h n e i d e r
The study o f philosophy consists in examining the beliefs to which one is committed^ by accepting scientific knowledge and common-sense views o f the w orldclarifying basic concepts; determining the circumstances under which statements may
properly be said to be true in all fields o f human inquiry and concern, inrlnHing
ethical and aesthetic discourse; and drawing the outlines o f an account o f human
experience coherent with the evidence o f the sciences. Because o f the role o f phil
osophy in the history o f human thought, and because o f the relation o f philosophical
ideas to problems in other fields, philosophy may be studied as instrumental to the
understanding o f wider areas o f history or thought.
Religion is studied primarily as a system o f ideas, both ethical and theological:
systematically, through a consideration o f representative forms o f contemporary relig
ious thought; and historically, through an examination o f the great religions arid the
development o f religion, particularly o f the Judaeo-Christian tradition.
R equirements
and
R ecommendations
for
M ajors
and
M inors
The minimum prerequisite to admission as a major in either philosophy or religion
will normally be the completion o f course 1 and one additional course in philosophy
or religion, respectively. Students w ho major in philosophy must obtain permission
in order to count fo r credit in fulfillment o f their major requirement more than one
course m religion; and students who major in religion must obtain permission in
order to count for credit in fulfillment o f their major requirement more than one
course in philosophy. (Course 25 may be counted either as a course in philosophy
or as a course in religion.) As supporting material for a major program in phil
osophy, the department recommends work in psychology.
1. Introduction
to
Philosophy . A ll instructors.
Each Semester
Several o f the most important problems o f philosophy, and alternative answers
to them, are. discussed. The nature and criteria o f knowledge are emphasized,
M d implications o f this issue for traditional problems are analyzed.
Stress
is laid on the writing o f philosophical essays. This course should be taken to
satisfy the college requirement for the freshman year.
N ote: This course is a prerequisite for any other course in philosophy. Other
courses may be taken in any order that is convenient. Members o f the department
will offer advice on request concerning an order o f courses to suit individual needs,
students planning to do honors work should not take courses dealing with material
to be covered in honors seminars.
t Absent on leave, 1952-53.
** Spring semester, 1952-53.
127
11. Ethics.
M r. Brandt and M r. Firth.
Each Semester
A systematic study o f the principal ethical theories, historical and contempor
ary, absolutist^ and relativistic, with the object o f developing an understand
ing o f the nature and scope o f rational criticism in ethics and o f the principles
and problems involved in the analysis o f ethical issues. Psychological, anthro
pological, metaphysical and religious issues are examined where they are relevant.
12. L ogic. Miss Schneider.
Pall Semester
A beginning study o f the tests o f valid reasoning, both inductive and deductive.
Practical application o f logic and scientific method w ill be emphasized. The
formal apparatus w ill be kept to a minimum.
13. Selected M odern Philosophers M r. Firth and M r. Beardsley. Spring Semester
A history o f modern philosophy with primary emphasis on Descartes, Hume,
and Schopenhauer, considered as representatives o f three great traditions of
modern thought. This course may appropriately be combined with work in
any o f the three divisions.
i
14. A ncient Philosophy . M r. Firth.
Fall Semester
(N o t offered in 1952-53.)
A study o f ancient philosophy in all its aspects: ethics, political theory, meta
physics, and aesthetics. Primary emphasis is placed on the dialogues o f Plato;
briefer attention is given to the pre-Socratics, Plato’s contemporaries, and Aris
totle. Recommended for students o f literature and the social sciences.
15. Philosophy of Science . Miss Schneider.
Spring Semester
A consideration o f scientific knowledge, its scope and limitations; o f problems
resulting from theory construction and the validation o f scientific assertions; of
probability and induction.
16. Contemporary Problems. M r. Brandt.
Fall Semester
Contemporary answers to fundamental problems, such as the functions o f langu
age, the definition o f truth, the foundations o f knowledge, the nature o f the self,
and the perception o f physical things. Readings in the works o f the leading
philosophers, such as Russell, Lewis, Ayer, and Dewey.
17. A esthetics. M r. Beardsley.
Spring Semester
A study o f some problems that arise in describing and evaluating works o f art.
The course includes: ( 1 ) clarifying such basic terms o f criticism as "form ,”
"style,” and "meaning” ; ( 2 ) examining the principles and underlying assump
tions o f criticism; and ( 3 ) analyzing the nature o f aesthetic value, especially
the claim that works o f art are "g ood ,” "beautiful,” and “ true.”
18. Social Philosophy .
Fall Semester
A study o f the methods o f the social sciences, and o f philosophical problems
arising in this domain. Attention w ill be given to certain problems facing both
social scientist and natural scientist, and to some problems primarily o f interest
to the social scientist.
25. Philosophy of Religion. M r. M oore.
Spring Semester
The nature o f religion; the psychology and interpretation o f religious experience;
the problem o f religious knowledge; the validity and difficulties o f Christian
theology and ethics.
32. Biblical Religion and Ethics. M r. M oore.
Fall Semester
Important parts o f the O ld and N ew Testament are examined, in order to trace
the growth o f Hebrew and Christian religions and the development o f the ideas
o f the Judaeo-Christian tradition, both ethical and theological.
128
33. Early Christian T hought . Mr. Hordern.
Fall Semester
The rise and development o f Christian thinking to the 13th century, the influence
o f Judaism and Greek philosophy, the formation o f the creeds, Scholasticism,
Augustine and Aquinas.
34. M odern Christian T hought . M r. Hordern.
Second Semester
The development o f Christian thought from the Reformation to the twentieth
century, with emphasis upon the relationship between Christian and secular
thinking; the main ideas o f the Reformation, church and sect in the Reforma
tion, Roman Catholic development, Protestant orthodoxy, Protestant liberalism.
35. H istory of Religions. M r. Hordern.
First Semester
A n historical and comparative study o f the w orld’s religions: primitive religions,
ancient religions, Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Mohammedanism. Stress
w ill be placed upon the ethical and philosophical teachings o f these religions
and their role in the interaction o f modern cultures. Comparisons and contrasts
w ill be made between these religions and Judaism and Christianity.
36. Problems of Christianity T oday. M r. Hordern.
Spring Semester
The purpose o f this course is to study various answers to the chief religious
problems o f the twentieth century. Problems include: the nature o f the Bible,
science and religion, the existence o f G od, religion and social problems, religion
and education, the meaning o f history. Answers include: fundamentalism, liberal
ism, humanism, Christian orthodoxy and neo-orthodoxy. The student w ill be
urged to find his own answers and1 to work out his own religious beliefs.
37. Religions of A merica. M r. Hordern.
Second Semester
A study o f some o f the more important American religious groups with regard
to their history, teaching and present status. Visits w ill be made to representative
churches and synagogues.
Psychology 60.
Systematic Psychology. M r. Kohler.
A study o f recurrent problems o f psychology, in historical perspective and in the
light o f various systematic views. Open to qualified students o f philosophy.
Prerequisites: Psychology 1 and 2. (M ay be counted toward a major or minor
in philosophy.)
H
onors
W
ork
For admission to honors work in philosophy, the requirement is normally at least
two semester courses, one o f which must be the Introduction to Philosophy, unless
with special permission. Students should normally present as their second course
one selected from courses numbered 11 to 25. For admission to honors work in
religion, the requirement is at least tw o semester courses, one o f which, unless
with special permission, w ill be the Introduction to Philosophy, and the other o f
which w ill normally be selected from courses numbered 25 to 45.
101. M oral Philosophy . Mr. Firth.
A seminar in ethics, both systematic and historical.
The first part o f the
semester is devoted to the basic theory o f value and obligation; the second part
to problems concerning justice, liberty, reward, punishment, human rights, and
other issues o f social ethics.
102. Plato .
Mr. Firth.
Reading and interpretation o f all the major and some o f the minor dialogues o f
Plato in an effort to understand his contributions to metaphysics, the theory o f
knowledge, ethics and politics, and to appreciate his importance for Western
thought. Attention w ill be paid to the pre-Socratic elements o f his philosophy,
to his scientific and social background, and to the germs o f future developments
contained in his work.
129
103. H istory of M odern Philosophy . M r. Beardsley, Mrs. Beardsley, Mr. Taylor.
The development o f modern thought from Bacon and Descartes to Kant. This
seminar may appropriately be combined with work in any o f the three divisions.
104. C lassic Problems in Philosophy . Mr. Kohler and Mr. Brandt.
A systematic study o f some basic problems such as the theory o f meaning, universals and particulars, the nature and criteria o f truth, the justification o f memory
' knowledge and induction, theories o f perception and the nature o f the self and
its relation to material nature. The reading is in the works o f contemporary
writers such as Broad, Russell and Lewis.
105. Philosophy
of Science. Miss Schneider.
A n investigation into the nature o f scientific knowledge, the distinctions between
sciences, the methods appropriate to them. Analyses o f the concepts o f prob
ability, induction, verifiability, explanation, space, time, causality, as these are
used in science.
106. A esthetics.
Mr. Beardsley.
A systematic examination o f the philosophy o f art and the methodological founda
tions o f criticism. Recommended for students o f literature, music and the fine
arts.
107. Social Philosophy . Miss Schneider.
A study o f the methods o f the social sciences, and o f philosophical problems
arising within this domain. Attention w ill be given to certain problems facing
both social scientist and natural scientist and to some problems primarily of
interest to the social scientist. Materials w ill be drawn from the social sciences
with which members o f the seminar are most familiar.
111. T he I dea
of G od in W estern T hought . M r. Hordern.
A n examination w ill be made o f writings which have contributed most to Western
concepts o f G od. The study w ill include Plato, Aristotle, the Bible, Athanasius,
Augustine, Thomas Aquinas, Luther, Calvin, Kant, Schleiermacher, R udolf Otto,
C. S. Lewis and others.
112. M odern Religious Philosophers.
M r. Hordern.
This seminar w ill concentrate on representative religious thinkers or schools of
thought in the present century. These w ill include Jacques Maritain, Bergson,
Anglo-Catholicism, Brunner, Liberalism, Reinhold Niebuhr, John Bennett, A . J.
Muste, Elton Trueblood, Alan Richardson.
120. T hesis.
A thesis may be submitted by majors in the department in place o f one o f the
seminars, upon application by the student and at the discretion o f the Depart
ment.
130
Physical Education for Men
D ir e c t o r
ate
of
A
P h y s ic a l Ed u c a t i o n
t h l e t ic s a n d
P rofessor: W
il l is
for
M
en and
A
s so c i
J. S t e t s o n
A s s o c ia t e P r o f e s s o r s : R o b e r t H . D
unn
E d w i n J. F a u l k n e r
L e w is H . E l v e r s o n
A s s is t a n t s : R o b e r t B . B a c h
W alter A . Bahr
A v e r y F. B l a k e
Ja m e s J. M c A d o o
Ja m e s H . M i l l e r
H o w a r d D . Si p l e r
P a u l St o f k o
Co l l e g e P h y s ic ia n : D
r.
M
o r r is
A . B o w ie
The course in M en’s Physical Education is designed to acquaint each participant
with both team and individual sports. The value o f team play is developed while
emphasis is also placed on the so-called "carry over” sports which one can enjoy
after graduation. Each individual, w hile benefiting from the physical exercise, also
becomes better acquainted with the fundamentals, rules, etc., o f the various sports
and so is better able to enjoy these activities as a spectator.
, The intercollegiate athletic program is a comprehensive one with varsity schedules
in eleven different sports. In many o f these activities there are contests arranged
for junior varsity and freshman teams, thus providing ample opportunity for large
numbers o f men to engage in intercollegiate competition.
F a c u l t y R e q u ir e m e n t s
Physical Education is required o f all non-veteran freshmen and sophomores unless
excused by the College physician. During this two-year period, men students must
attend a minimum o f three classes per week.
A ll men not excused for medical or other reasons are expected to fulfill this
requirement. A semester’s work failed in the first two years must be repeated in the
Junior year. N o man with a deficiency in physical education w ill be permitted to enter
his Senior year.
Fa l l A
* Cross Country
"Football
W
Badminton
"Basketball
Boxing
c t iv it ie s
* Soccer
Swimming
Tennis
Touch Football
in t e r
A
Lacrosse
"Swimming
Tennis
Track
V olley Ball
"W restling
Sp r i n g A
"Baseball
"G o lf
"Lacrosse
Softball
c t iv it ie s
c t iv it ie s
"Tennis
"Track
* Indicates intercollegiate competition.
131
Physical Education for Women
A ssociate Professor: V irginia Rath , Chairman
A ssistant Professors: Irene M oll
M a y E. Parry
A ssistant: Janet Scantlebury (part-time)
College Physician : D r . M orris A. Bowie
The aim o f this Department is to contribute to the education o f all women
students through the medium o f physical activity. W e believe this contribution
can best be achieved through participation in a broad program o f recreational,
rhythmic and developmental activities.
Therefore the program provides:
in
struction and experience in sports and dancing; swimming ability for all; cor
rective and developmental exercises.
It is our hope that the student w ill also
acquire: appreciation o f the dance as a fine art; the meaning o f good sportsman
ship; added endurance; g ood posture; leadership training; joy in outdoor exercise;
and a program o f interests and skills that w ill carry over for the individual and her
community after college.
Classes are kept small to insure individual attention, and students are grouped
according to ability.
Am ple opportunities are given for intramural and inter
collegiate competition, as w ell as for public performances and demonstrations.
Freshmen and sophomores take three periods o f activity each week. These may
be elected from classes listed below with the stipulation that they take swimming
until a test is passed; take a rhythmic activity; take a team sport; take Body
Mechanics if the posture grade indicates a need for it.
Regulation costumes should be ordered before college opens.
Blanks for this
purpose w ill be sent out from the Office o f the Dean to all incoming students.
Sp o r t s
H ockey. Miss Parry, Miss M oll, Miss Rath.
Fail Term
Class and Varsity.
A rchery. Miss Rath.
Fall and Spring
Class and Varsity.
T ennis .
Miss Parry, Miss Rath, Miss M oll, M r. Faulkner.
Fall, W in ter and Spring
Class and Varsity W inter and Spring.
G olf . Miss M oll.
Fall and Spring
Class and Varsity.
Swimming . Miss Rath, Miss Parry.
Fall, W inter and Spring
Beginner, intermediate and advanced classes in strokes and diving.
Class and Varsity.
Basketball. Miss M oll.
W inter
Class and Varsity.
132
Badminton .
W inter
Soft Ball . Miss M oll.
Spring
Miss Parry, Miss Rath, Miss M oll, M r. Faulkner.
Class and Varsity.
Class and Varsity.
Lacrosse.
Spring
Class and Varsity.
V olley Ball .
Miss M oll.
Class and Varsity.
W inter
R h y t h m i c A c t iv it ie s
D an cin g . Miss Scantlebury.
Class and Club.
Folk
and
Square D ancing .
Fall, W in ter and Spring
Miss M oll.
'
Fall, W inter and Spring
Open to men students also.
D
evelopm ental
and
S e r v ic e A
c t iv it ie s
T umbling . Miss Rath.
W inter
Body M echanics. Miss Rath.
W inter
Required o f all first-year students whose posture indicates a need for it.
Recreational Leadership.
Miss M oll.
W inter and Spring
Theory and practice teaching in recreational activities o f all kinds. Given in
alternate years.
Red Cross Life Saving . Miss Rath and Red Cross Field Representative.
W inter and Spring
Senior and Instructors’ courses.
133
Physics
Professors: W
W
A
s s o c ia t e
in t h r o p
il l ia m
R. W
r ig h t
C . E l m o r e , Chairman
Pr o f e s s o r s : M
D
il a n
W . G arrett
e n n is o n
Bancroft
The physics department, through its introductory course in general physics, en
deavors to give an integrated account o f basic physics. In this course, as w ell as in
the advanced work o f the department, emphasis is placed on quantitative, analytical
reasoning, as distinct from the mere acquisition o f facts and skills. The intro
ductory course makes no pretense o f covering all material o f interest to physicists, but
rather comprises a selection o f topics which form a coherent group.
Advanced work in the department involves a more intensive study o f topics covered
at the introductory level, and o f many phases o f modern physics which require a
considerable background in mathematics and electricity. In all courses and sem
inars particular importance is attached to laboratory work, inasmuch as physics is
primarily an experimental science.
R e q u ir e m e n t s
and
R e c o m m e n d a t io n s
for
M
a jo r s
Students w ho intend to major in physics normally take Course 1, 2 in the fresh
man year and Course 11, 12 in the sophomore year. In addition they should complete
Course 12 in mathematics and Course 2 in chemistry by the end o f the sophomore
year. In view o f graduate school requirements, and o f the extensive literature o f
physics in German, it is strongly recommended that the student fulfill his language
requirement in German. A grade o f C or better in Course 1, 2 as prerequisite for all
further work in the department.
The work o f the last tw o years normally involves an honors program, and includes
three seminars in physics and three seminars in mathematics. Other seminars in the
program are usually chosen from electrical engineering, chemistry, or philosophy.
Such a program is a particularly satisfactory way o f preparing for graduate or other
professional work in physics or in mathematics. However, it constitutes in itself an
effective educational program, since the aim throughout is to achieve an understanding
o f fundamental ideas and concepts, as distinct from the mastery o f information, skills
and techniques in a limited segment o f science.
C o u r s e St a t e m e n t
I , 2. G eneral Physics.
Staff.
Full Course
A n introductory course in basic physics open to all students. N o prerequisite
other than those for college entrance is assumed. This course or its equivalent
must precede any advanced courses or seminars in physics. It is required o f
most science majors. Three lectures, a conference and a laboratory period weekly.
Separate credit given for each semester’s work.
I I , 12. M echanics, H eat and Sound . Mr. Elmore and M r. Bancroft.
The material for this course is drawn from the fields o f mechanics, hydro-dynamics,
acoustics, kinetic theory and thermodynamics. Since extensive use is made o f the
calculus, a course in 'this subject must precede or be taken concurrently. This
course is recommended for physics majors and should meet the needs o f other
students desiring a second course in physics. Three conference hours and one
laboratory period weekly.
134
H
onors
W
ork
101. Physical O ptics. Mr. W right.
Spring Semester
Based on Jenkins and W hite Optics. The laboratory work includes measure
ments on thick and thin lenses, intercomparison o f wave lengths by prism, grat
ing and interference spectrographs, computation o f series constants, quantitative
observation o f various interference and diffraction patterns and measurement of
reflection coefficients.
102. Electricity
and M agnetism . Mr. Garrett.
Fall Semester
Based primarily on Page and Adams’ Principles o f Electricity and Harnwell’s
Principles of Electricity and Electromagnetism.
It covers static and dynamic
electricity, magnetism and electromagnetism, with some electronics. The em
phasis throughout is on fundamental analysis rather than application.
The
laboratory includes measurements in direct and alternating currents and in
magnetism, together with some fundamental experiments in electronics. Mathe
matics seminars in advanced calculus and differential equations are normally
prerequisite.
103. M odern Physics. M r. Elmore.
Spring Semester
A seminar devoted to both the experimental and the theoretical aspects o f modern
atomic physics. The topics include radiation, special relativity, quantum theory,
the wave nature o f particles, atomic structure, X-rays, isotopes, radioactivity,
nuclear physics and related matters. The seminar discussion is accompanied by a
full-day laboratory period. This seminar should be preceded by that in electricity
and magnetism.
104. T heoretical Physics. M r. Elmore.
Fall Semester
A study o f selected topics, mostly drawn from classical physics. Little duplica
tion occurs o f theoretical material covered in the other seminars offered by the
department.
Based primarily on Page’s Introduction to Theoretical Physics.
N ot accompanied by laboratory. N ot offered regularly.
Prerequisites: Course 11, 12 and mathematics seminars in advanced calculus and
differential equations.
135
P olitical Science
Professor: J. R oland Pennock , Chairman
A ssociate Professor: M urray S.'S tedman , Jr .
A ssistant Professors: G erard J. M angone
John I. M ichaels, Jr .
Paul N . Y lvisaker
L ecturers: Philip E. Jacob D avid M itrany
The aim o f the Department o f Political Science is to study, both in ideal and
in reality, the place o f the state in society and to contribute to an understanding of
the purposes, organization, and operation o f political institutions, domestic and
international. For the beginning student, the Department offers an introduction to
the nature o f politics and to the problems o f various political systems. For those
w ho become majors or for others w ho take additional work in Political Science, courses
are provided which w ill permit giving special attentioh to the areas o f political
theory, comparative government, government in the United States, and international
political institutions.
R equirements
and
R ecommendations
for
M ajors
Course 1-2 is prerequisite to all other work in the department. Students who intend
to major in political science should, preferably, take Course 1-2 in the freshman year
and Course 11 in the sophomore year
Students who desire to concentrate on inter
national affairs without taking the full International Relations Program referred to
below may substitute Comparative Government (Political Science 15) or Soviet Eco
nomics and Politics (Political Science 19-20) for Course 11. Majors are also required
to take Economics 1-2. Courses in Statistics (Economics 4 ) and in American History
are recommended'. Political Theory, either in seminar or in course, is required o f all
majors; course majors should take Course 60.
P rogram
in
International R elations
Students w ho plan to enter upon a career in the field o f international relations
should include in their programs, during the first two years, the introductory courses
in economics, history and political science and should complete the intermediate course
in one or more modern languages.
Advanced courses selected from the groups listed below may be incorporated in
the programs o f students w ho do their major work in economics, history, political
science, or a modern language.
Those students w ho wish to concentrate in international relations may take their
Senior Comprehensive Examination in this field. Students preparing for this exam
ination should take eight, nine, or ten half courses from among those listed below,
including all o f those listed in Group I, one or more in Group II, and one or more
in Group III. The examination is administered by a committee appointed by the
chairmen o f the Departments o f Economics, History, and Political Science, under the
Chairmanship o f the Department o f Political Science.
136
Group I
Political Science 12— International Politics
Political Science 13— International Law and Organization
Political Science 57-58— American Foreign Policy
Economics 60— International Economics
Group II
History
History
History
History
History
3— England
11— The Other American Republics
12— France
13— Germany
14— Russia
Group III
Political Science 15— Comparative Government
Political Science 16— Democracy and Dictatorship
Political Science 17— India and Pakistan
Political Science 18— The British W elfare State
Russian Studies 19-20— Soviet Economics and Politics
Students w ho plan to enter the honors program w ill find it possible to select a
similar combination o f courses and seminars in the field o f international relations.
In planning such programs, they should consult with the chairmen o f their pros
pective major departments.
C ourses
1-2 Introduction to Political Science.
A ll members o f the department.
Full Course
The foundations o f politics— sociological, psychological, and economic; nature
and development o f political institutions; types o f government. A study o f
examples o f the major forms o f government, follow ed by a more detailed
study o f the national government o f the United States. Political Science 1-2
is open to all students and is prerequisite to all other courses offered by the
department. Credit is not given for a single semester o f this course.
11 Problems
in Community G overnment . M r. Ylvisaker.
Spring Semester
Study o f selected problems in community life and government, at both local and
state levels. Includes topics such as centralization and home rule; governmental
reorganization; corruption, bossism and reform; urban and rural planning and
development. Emphasis is placed on field work and origins! research, using*
one o f the nearby communities as a laboratory.
12. International Politics. M r. Mangone.
Fall Semester
An introduction to the principles and problems o f international politics— including
thè study o f political geography, the composition and balance o f international
power, such w orldwide phenomena as nationalism and imperialism, and the
techniques o f diplomacy.
13. International La w and O rganization . M r. Mangone.
Spring Semester
The development o f international law and organization— including a study _ o f
the major problems o f international law and w orld government, the organiza
tion and work o f the League o f Nations, the United Nations, regional agencies,
and international administration.
Prerequisite: Political Science 12.
15. Comparative G overnment .
Mr. Stedman.
Alternate years, Fall Semester
(N o t offered in 1952-53.)
A critical study o f the major political systems &ntb o f their significance for the
problem o f constitutional order. Special emphasis is placed on the governments
o f Western Europe and o f the British dominions.
137
16. D emocracy and D ictatorship. M r. Pennock.
Spring Semester
Analysis o f the crisis o f political liberalism. Reconsideration o f the bases of
representative government in the light o f changed economic and social conditions
in the modern State; examination o f such alternative principles as those offered
by Communism and Fascism; investigation o f the problem o f planning in a
democracy; and an appraisal o f present tendencies in political development.
17. India and Pakistan . M r. Weatherford.
Pall Semester
(A lso listed as Economics 17 and History 17.)
A survey o f the economic, political, and social structure o f modern India and
Pakistan. This historical background o f present problems. The possibilities of
economic development.
18. T he British W elfare State . M r. Ylvisaker.
Fall Semester
Development o f social and economic policy in Great Britain, especially since
1940. Britain as a case study in the politics and problems o f economic planning.
19-20. Soviet Economics
and Politics. M r. Michaels.
Full Course
(A lso listed as Economics 19-20 and Russian Studies 19-20.)
The structure and operation o f the economic and political institutions o f the
Soviet Union, described and analyzed in the light o f their theoretical and his
torical background.
29. T he Sociology
of
I nternational Relations. M r. Mitrany.
Problems o f international relations and organization approached by way o f a
study o f conditioning sociological factors.
51. Public A dministration .
Mr. Ylvisaker.
A n analysis o f the principles o f administration in modern governments with
illustrative material drawn chiefly from the national government o f the United
States and with particular references to the implications o f recent developments.
Problems o f administrative organization, conduct o f regulatory and managerial
activities, financial administration, personnel, public relations, administrative
legislation and adjudication.
Open to juniors and seniors only, except by special arrangement.
52. A merican Constitutional La w . Mr. Ylvisaker.
Fall Semester
(N o t offered in 1952-53.)
The Constitution as developed by the Court; and the Court as seen through the
cases. Stressing (a ) the extent o f national power, ( b ) constitutional limitations
upon state legislation, ( c ) the nature o f the judicial process in the American
system o f government.
Sophomores may be admitted by special arrangement.
53. A merican Party Politics. M r. Stedman.
Alternate years, Fall Semester
A n historical and functional analysis o f American political parties, including a
study o f interest groups, public opinion, electoral devices, political leaders, and
proposals for the reorganization o f the existing party structure.
54. H istory of Political T heory . M r. Pennock.
Fall Semester
The development o f thought on the nature o f the state and o f individual rights
and duties, based largely on readings o f the chief political philosophers. Topics
studied include: Greek political thought; medieval universalism and the divine
right o f kings; the Reformation and the development o f contractual theory;
sovereignty and the rise o f the national state; the growth o f liberalism and the
roots o f totalitarian ideologies.
Open to juniors and seniors only, except by special arrangement.
138
55. A merican Political T hought . M r. Stedman.
Spring Semester
A study o f the development o f American political thought: the colonial period;
the Revolution; Jeffersonian Democracy; Jacksonian Democracy; the nature o f
the Union; newer currents, including the progressive movement, labor, and
conflicts between church and state.
56. Jurisprudence. Mr. Pennock.
Spring Semester
A study o f the sources and nature o f law; historical, sociological and philosophic
approaches to legal theory; the nature o f the judicial process; key problems of
jurisprudence illustrated by case study in selected areas o f American constitutional
law.
57-58. A merican Foreign Policy .
M r. Mangone.
Full Course
(N o t offered in 1952-53.)
A full-year’s course in the study o f contemporary American foreign policy towards
selected areas o f the world. The agencies which determine foreign policy within
the United States are examined and close attention is given to the history, econ
omy, and local problems o f the regions in which American foreign policy oper
ates. Open to juniors and seniors only.
60. Special T opics in Political Science. M r. Stedman.
Spring Semester
This course, conducted in seminar fashion, is designed for senior majors. By
means o f papers and assigned readings it covers aspects o f political science not
elsewhere intensively developed and helps the students to integrate materials
studied previously.
H
onors
Prerequisite: Political Science 1-2.
for a degree with Honors:
W
ork
The follow ing seminars prepare for examination
101. Political T heory . Mr. Pennock.
Each
The nature o f the state, the basis o f political obligation, sovereignty
nature o f law, problems o f freedom and authority, theoretical analysis
o f government, theories o f revolution— all in the light o f the theories
by writers on these subjects from Plato to the present.
Semester
and the
o f forms
set forth
102. Politics and Legislation . M r. Stedman.
.
Fall Semester
A study o f the political process: purposes o f the state; the relation o f the
general welfare to special interests; public opinion; voters and electoral systems;
parties and politicians; the functions and organization o f the legislature.
103. Problems
in
G overnment
and
A dministration.
M r. Ylvisaker.
Each Semester
A detailed study o f major problems o f government, particularly on the admin
istrative side, and especially as they manifest themselves in the national govern
ment o f the United States.
Topics studied include: public budgeting and
financial control, administrative legislation and adjudication, government reorgan
ization, administrative areas, governmental corporations, and problems o f public
service personnel administration.
104. International Politics, Law , and O rganization .
M r. Mangone.
Fall Semester
A comprehensive inquiry into the principles and problems o f
politics, international law, and international organization.
139
international
105. A merican Foreign Policy.
M r. Mangone.
Spring Semester
A n investigation o f contemporary American foreign policy throughout the world;
how foreign policy is determined, the agencies which implement it, and an
evaluation o f the U. S. national interest in key areas o f Europe, Latin America,
the M iddle East, and Asia.
106. Public Law
and Jurisprudence. M r. Pennock.
Spring Semester
Sources and nature o f law; historical, sociological, philosophic, and "realistic”
approaches to law; key problems o f jurisprudence illustrated by study o f the
fields o f federalism and civil liberties in American constitutional law.
107. Soviet Economics
and Politics. M r. Michaels.
Spring Semester
(A lso listed as Economics 107.)
A study o f Soviet economic and political development with special attention
to the problems involved in the operation o f a totalitarian political system and a
centralized planned economy.
120. T hesis.
A ll members of the department.
Approval must be secured early in the student’s junior year.
140
Psychology and Education
Pr o fe sso r s:
W o l f g a n g K o h l Er ,
So l o m o n
Research Professor of Philosophy and
Psychology
E. A s c fi *
Jo s e p h B . Sh a n e ,
Vice-President and Professor of Education
R i c h a r d S. C r u t c h f i e l d ')'
A s s o c ia t e P r o f e s s o r s :
W il l ia m
C. H . P r e n t i c e -)-
H a n s W a l La q h ,
Acting Chairman
A s s is t a n t P r o f e s s o r s : R u s s e l l A . C l a r k
A r t h u r I. G l a d s t o n e
H e n r y G l e it m a n
P e t e r M a d is o n
Lecturer:
A l ic e K . B r o 6 h e a d
The work o f the Department o f Psychology deals with the scientific study o f human
behavior and experience: the basic processes o f perception, learning, thinking and
motivation, and consideration o f their relation to development o f the individual per
sonality; and the social relations o f the individual to other persons and to groups.
For those students planning for graduate and professional work in psychology the
courses and seminars o f the department are designed to provide a sound basis o f
understanding o f psychological principles and a grasp o f research method. Other
students learn the nature o f psychological inquiry and the psychological approach to
various problems encountered in the humanities, the social sciences and the life
sciences.
R e q u ir e m e n t s a n d
R e c o m m e n d a t io n s
Courses 1 and 2 are prerequisite to all further courses and seminars in psychology.
Course majors are required to take Courses 3, 52, and 53. Course 63 is recommended.
Honors majors are required to take courses 1, 2, 3, and advised to take during
their freshmen and sophomore years introductory work in zoology and, if possible,
work beyond the introductory course in philosophy. A reading knowledge o f German
is useful.
Courses in education— 12, 13, 14, w ill not be credited toward a major in psychol
ogy. Education alone may not be elected as a major subject, and not more than two
full courses in education w ill be accepted for credit toward the bachelor’s degree.
The Pennsylvania requirements for the certification o f secondary school teachers
include 21 hours o f psychology and education. W ith the exception o f 6 hours o f
practice teaching, which must be taken elsewhere, Swarthmore students may fulfill
these requirements by taking courses, 1, 2, 11, 12, 13, and 14.
* Absent on leave, first semester, 1952-53.
t Absent on leave, 1952-53.
141
Psychology
1. Introduction
to Psychology . M r. Gleitman.
Each Semester
A n introduction to the study o f psychology, including a consideration o f the
nature o f psychological inquiry and a brief review o f the available facts and
theories relevant to a scientific understanding o f human behavior and experience,
technical aspects are subordinated to questions concerning motivation, personality
and adjustment, although the emphasis throughout is theoretical rather than
practical. Reading covers a standard textbook o f psychology. Three lectures
and one conference section per week.
2. G eneral Psychology.
Mr. Gladstone.
Each Semester
A n extension o f the introductory course, giving special attention to problems o f
cognition including facts and theories o f perception, learning, memory, and
thinking. In general, the orientation is historical, and students w ill learn about
major theoretical movements in the realm o f cognition.
Prerequisite: Course 1.
3. Psychological M ethods.
M r. Clark.
Each Semester
The main objective o f this course is to develop in the student a critical and
experimental attitude towards psychological problems. The content o f the course
includes: a survey o f the types o f experimental designs, the methods o f measure
ment, and the kinds o f apparatus employed in different psychological studies
roblem sna ySIS °* 1116 historical background o f selected contemporary theoretical
Prerequisite:
52. M otivation .
Course 1.
Mr. Wallach.
Vall Semester
Emphasis is upon the role o f dynamic factors (drives, needs, values) in the de
termination o f behavior. Consideration is given to the measurement o f motives,
the relationship between biological and psychological tension-systems, conflict,
frustration, success and failure, reward and punishment.
Evaluation o f the
theories o f motivation o f M cD ougall, Tolman, Lewin, Allport, Murray and
Freud. Term paper or design o f an original experiment is required.
Prerequisites: Courses 1 and 2.
53. Experimental Psychology. M r. Asch, M r. Köhler.
Spring Semester
A course in experimental thinking: how to conceive, design, and carry out
original experiments on psychological problems. Instructor and students begin
with a problem or problem-area and develop experimental attacks by group dis
cussion. The actual experiments so designed are carried out by the students with
supervision and are interpreted and evaluated by the group. Students present
formal reports on each experiment. Class work, laboratories, and reports take
ten to twelve hours per week.
Prerequisites: Courses 1, 2, and 3.
54. A nimal Experimentation . Mr. Gleitman.
Spring Semester
A detailed analysis o f selected contemporary experimental problems, leading
to original experimental investigations carried out by the students with animal
subjects. Meets as a weekly seminar during first half o f term, and involves 6
hours o f laboratory work per week during the remainder o f the term
Prerequisites: Courses 1 and 2.
142
55. Child Psychology.
Spring Semester
The development o f the child from birth through adolescence, studied in terms
o f basic psychological principles.
Important theories and practices o f childrearing are evaluated in the light o f experimental and cross-cultural data. Topics
include the significance o f infantile and childhood experience on subsequent per
sonality development, parent-child relationships, sibling rivalry, and the “ be
havior problems” which typically occur during the socialization process. One
o f the follow ing is required: ( 1 ) acting as an assistant in a child-care center
for approximately 20 hours, ( 2 ) an intensive study o f a single child, ( 3 )
individual or group experimental or observational research, ( 4 ) a term paper.
Prerequisites:
Courses 1 and 2.
56. Social Psychology.
Spring Semester
A study o f some basic processes and products o f interaction between persons
and groups and between groups.
The follow ing topics are covered: The
formation o f the social field o f the individual. Perception o f persons as psycho
logical entities. Perception o f groups. Formation o f the self; social relations
o f the self. Psychological forces supporting group-belonging. Functional con
sequences o f group membership.
The psychological investigation o f group
processes. Group requirements and group standards. Formation and change o f
attitudes.
Prerequisites: Courses 1 and 2.
57. D iagnosis of A bilities and Personality. Mr. Madison.
Fall Semester
Theory and techniques o f assessing personality, intelligence, ability, and interest.
Actual practice with such tests and procedures as the Thematic Apperception
Test, Rorschach, Wechsler-Bellevue, Stanford-Binet, Non-Directive Interview,
and other methods o f diagnosis. Study o f theory and research on the concept
o f measurement in psychological testing.
Prerequisites:
Courses 1, 2 and 3.
58. Personality T heory. M r. Madison.
Fall Semester
A study o f the leading concepts o f personality theory, including the psycho
analytic, Lewinian, socio-cultural, self-theorists and other non-systematic formu
lations. Application o f these concepts w ill be made to case studies.
Prerequisites: Courses 1 and 2.
59. Psychopathology.
Spring Semester
A study o f the current theories o f mental illness and o f the main forms o f
tnpnial disorders.
Theories and techniques o f therapy are considered.
Ex
tensive use o f the case study method.
Emphasis is on the evaluation o f
theories o f psychopathology and o f their significance for normal personality
theory.
Prerequisites: Courses 1 and 2.
60. Systematic Psychology.
M r. Kohler.
(N o t offered 1952-53.)
A study o f recurrent problems o f psychology, in historical perspective and in
light o f various systematic views. Restricted to psychology majors and qualified
students o f philosophy.
Prerequisites: Courses 1 and 2.
143
61-62. A dvanced Psychological Research. The staff.
Each Semester
Individual research on a selected original problem under the direction o f a
member o f the department. Open only to psychology majors. Credit w ill be
given fo r one semester; a second semester may be taken for credit at the dis
cretion o f the department.
Prerequisites: Courses 1, 2, 3 and 53.
63. Psychological T utorial. The staff.
Spring Semester
W eekly seminar meeting o f psychology course majors held in the second term
o f the senior year for the purposes o f reviewing, integrating, and supplementing
the student’s course work in psychology. Open only to senior majors.
Education
11. Educational Psychology.
The application o f psychological principles concerned with the processes of
thinking, learning and motivation to the problems o f education.
Prerequisite: Course 1.
12. Principles of Secondary Education . Mr. Shane.
A study o f the principles o f secondary education, with emphasis upon aims
and organization. Visits to nearby schools are made.
13. M ethods of Secondary Education . M r. Shane.
Fall Semester
A review and critical analysis o f the methods used in secondary education.
14. Introduction to T eaching. Mrs. Brodhead.
W eekly seminar plus 3 hours a week in the local schools.
13.
H
101. Perception.
onors
Each Semester
Enrolment limited to
Se m i n a r s
M r. Wallach.
Reading and discussion combined with independent experimental projects. The
student is expected to know the basic facts about human perceptual mechanisms,
particularly visual ones, by the time he has completed this seminar. Specific
topics covered are: color vision, grouping and form, depth and distance, size,
movement, influences o f learning and o f needs or attitudes, general theory of
perception. W hen time permits, some attention is given to parallel problems
in other senses.
102. Learning
and T hinking . Mr. Kohler, M r. Gladstone.
Deals with principles o f adaptive behavior; the functions o f memory and think
ing; the nature o f understanding and problem-solving; the nature o f intelligence.
103. M otivation .
Mr. Clark.
A systematic and experimental approach to the dynamics o f behavior, based on
material drawn from the laboratory and the clinic, and covering the follow ing
topics: instinctive behavior and biological drives; the relation o f motivation and
learning; derived motivation; the relation o f perception and motivation; frus
tration and its relation to aggression, regression; level o f aspiration; success
and failure; substitution and sublimation; ego needs and the nature o f the ego;
emotion and feeling; contemporary theories o f motivation.
144
104. Individual in Society. M r. Gladstone.
The relationship between man and his society, approached from the points o f
view o f social psychology, sociology, and cultural anthropology; the study o f
group-structures and the psychological consequences o f group-membership; the
critique o f available procedures for scientific treatment o f group-behavior and
group-influences.
105. Personality.
M r. Madison, Mr. Clark.
A systematic approach to personality, including a survey and critique o f such
major theoretical positions as those o f Freud, Jung, Adler, H om ey, Fromm,
M cD ougall and Murray. A n examination o f clinical and experimental evidence
concerning personality, for example, experimental data on ego-involvement,
clinical evidence o f repression. A consideration o f the methods employed in the
assessment o f personality such as life history methods, the interview, standardized
personality tests, association tests, projective techniques, and situational tests.
106. D evelopment.
A n investigation o f the concepts o f psychological growth, including sensori-motor
skill, intellectual and emotional functions, and personality. Readings in experi
mental and clinical literature; some direct observation and experimentation with
children.
120. T hesis.
A ll members of the department.
May be presented as a substitute for one seminar, provided the student is doing
major work in psychology with four seminars, and provided some member o f the
department is available to undertake the direction o f the thesis.
M
a st e r ’s
D
egree
A limited number o f students may be accepted for graduate study toward the
Master’s degree in psychology. Students receiving the Bachelor’ s degree from Swarthmore are not normally eligible for this work.
The program o f work for the Master’s degree requires the completion o f four
seminars, or their equivalents. O ne o f the seminars must be a research seminar
leading to a Thesis. The work o f the seminars is judged by external examiners. The
requirements for the Master’s degree can normally be completed in one year.
145
Russian Studies
The Russian Studies program, inaugurated in the fall o f 1949 at Bryn Mawr,
Haverford and Swarthmore Colleges, has been made possible by a grant o f $105,000
from die Carnegie Corporation o f N ew York. As a part o f this program, Swarth
more is offering courses in Russian language, history, and economic and political
institutions.
Courses in this group cannot themselves comprise a major subject. Courses in the
Russian language may be used to fulfill the college foreign language requirement.
Courses in Russian history and in Russian political and economic institutions may be
counted toward a major or minor in the departments offering them. (These courses
are listed under their appropriate departments.)
R u s s ia n L a n g u a g e
1-2. Elementary Russian.
Miss Lamkert.
Full Course
Vocabulary and grammar. Oral and written translations from English into Rus
sian and vice versa. Vocabulary building. Reading o f short stories. Books:
Essentials o f Russian (Prentice-H all), Stories by Lermontoff and Pushkin (Heath
series). Five hours a week.
3 ,4 . Intermediate Russian.
Miss Lamkert.
Review o f grammar with special emphasis on use o f prepositions, verb forms,
numerals. Short area study, geography and history o f Russia to the revolution o f
1917. Advanced reading and composition. Books: Essentials o f Russian (Pren
tice-H all), Russian Area Reader (Ronald Press), Pushkin’s Captain?s Daughter.
1 1,12. Introduction to R ussian Literature : Prose. Miss Lamkert.
A short survey o f the Russian literature o f the 18th and 19th centuries. Books:
Russian Area Reader (Ronald Press) and other books to be selected by the class.
(N o t offered in 1952-53.)
1 3 ,14 . Introduction to R ussian Literature : Poetry and Contemporary
A uthors. Miss Lamkert.
Books: Eugene Onegin by Pushkin. Readings from Chekov and Gorky.
H is t o r y
14. R ussia. M r. Beik or M r. V on Laue.
Half Course
The histoiy o f modern Russia.
For sophomores, juniors and seniors. The
course begins with the reign o f Peter and gives half its time to the period since
the Revolution. It may be taken only after History 1-2.
E c o n o m ic
and
P o l it ic a l I n s t it u t io n s
19-20. Soviet Economics
and Politics. M r. Michaels.
Full Course
(A lso listed as Economics 19-20 and Political Science 19-20.)
The structure and operation o f the economic and political institutions o f the
Soviet Union, described and analyzed in the light o f their theoretical ànd historical
background.
146
R eference
S e c t io n
A directory o f the students o f Swarthmore College may be obtained by
writing to the Registrar.
Visiting Honors Examiners—May-June, 1952
B IO L O G Y : Professor Joseph Berry, Bryn Mawr College; Professor K urt B ohn Sack , Swarthmore College; D r . G eorge H. Paff , Hahnemann Medical College;
Professor Colin S. Pittendrigh, Princeton University.
Professor E. D. A mstutz , Lehigh University;
G. M iller, University o f Pennsylvania.
CHEM ISTRY:
Professor John
Professor Lester V . Chandler, Princeton University; Professor
K ermit G ordon, Williams College; Professor James T obin , Y ale University.
ECONOM ICS:
ENGLISH LITERATURE: Professor S. Frederic Johnson , N ew Y ork University;
Professor Lawrance R. T hompson , Princeton University; Professor W illiam
Y . T indall, Columbia University; Professor M ary K . W oodworth, Bryn
Mawr College.
Professor D avid M. Robb, University o f Pennsylvania; Professor
Eleanor Spencer, Goucher College.
FINE ARTS:
H IST O R Y: Professor A rthur P. D udden, Bryn Mawr College; Professor Eugene
O. G olob, Wesleyan University; Professor M argaret H astings, N ew Jersey
College for W om en ; Professor H enry L. R oberts, Columbia University.
Professor W illiam Feller, Princeton University;
John C. O xtoby, Bryn Mawr College.
M A T H EM A T ICS;
Professor
M O D E R N LA N G U A G ES: French — Professor Jean A lbert Bédé, Columbia Uni
versity; German— Professor John C. B lankenagel, W esleyan University;
Professor Fritz M ezger, Bryn Mawr College; Spanish— Professor M anuel
A lcalá, Bryn M awr College.
PH ILO SO PH Y A N D RELIG IO N : Professor John Bennett , Union Theological
Seminary; Professor A lbert H ofstadter, Columbia University; Professor
W . T. Stace, Princeton University.
PHYSICS: Professor W illiam T. Scott, Smith College.
PO LITICAL SCIENCE: Professor T homas L Cook , T he Johns Hopkins University;
Professor Samuel H endel, College of the City o f N ew Y ork ; D r . Fritz
M orstein M arx , Bureau o f the Budget, Washington, D . C .; Professor N orman
D. Palmer , University o f Pennsylvania.
P S Y C H O L O G Y : D r . V era V . French , 50 Haven Avenue, N ew Y ork 32, N . Y .;
D r . M ary H enle, N ew School o f Social Research; Professor G ardiner Lindzey , Harvard University; Professor D avid C. M cClelland, W esleyan Uni
versity; Professor Edwin B. N ewman , Harvard University.
148
D egrees C onferred
June 9, 1952
Bachelor
of
A
rts
In the Division o f the Humanities
Joseph Bennett Hill, Jr. (Fine Arts)
Sybil Sally Hillman (H onors—
Barbara Jane A lley (English Litera
ture)
Priscilla H unt A mes (H igh Honors
French)
Edwin A nderson Hoey, Jr. (H istory)
Frederic M agiLl Jenkins (French)
M ary A nn Kidder (English Literature)
Lucia Langthorn (H istory)
Jennifer Lee (History)
M arie Lenfest (Fine Arts)
Janet T aylor Letts (H igh Honors—
— English Literature)
Robert Ray A mmerman (H ighest H on
ors— Philosophy)
Marquita Barbosa (Spanish)
Beverly Bond (Philosophy)
Eleanor Burwell Bondy (English
Literature)
Henry W hitfield Burgess (History)
Stephen Miles Clark (English Liter
ature)
Danila Ballister Cole (H igh Honors
—History)
Francis Ellen Commins (H igh H on
ors—English Literature)
Mary M cCracken Crawford (H igh
Honors —Psychology)
Eugenia Elizabeth Cuddy (H istory)
Elizabeth Grace D augherty (Honors
— English Literature)
Anne Carter D avis (Psychology)
Richard deCharms, IV (Psychology)
Marie Jeanne de Kiewiet (H onors—
H istory)
Miriam A nna Lewin (H igh Honors—
Psychology)
Julane Lyman (French)
Eleanor N eville McD owell (Fine
Arts)
N ancy Elizabeth M cGrayne (Eng
lish Literature)
John A nthony Miller, III (H istory)
Leonora W alton M ooers (English
Literature)
Caroline M cBride M orrel (Philos
ophy)
D orothy Irene N ehrling (Fine Arts)
Christine Parker (H igh Honors — Eng
lish literature)
History)
N ancy L. Pawell (English Literature)
Joyce Carolyn Powell (Fine Arts)
A nne Eugenie Pingon (English Liter
A lbert James D iaz-Garcia (H onors—
History)
Christine R. D owning (H onors —Eng
ature)
lish Literature)
(H onors —Fine
Philip N evin Price (English Litera
Sarah Potter Evarts (History)
Esther Fiske (H igh Honors —Psychol
M arguerite Crispin Ridge (English
Marian Ellenbogen
ture)
Arts)
Literature)
ogy)
Suzanne Braman Rounds (H igh H on
ture)
M arielle E. Schwantes (H istory)
Emma Louise Shepherd (English Lit
Jane Soop Fletcher (English Litera
ors— English Literature)
Rosemary M yrtle Foulger (English
erature)
Literature)
Ruth Carlton Shepherd (Psychology)
Suzanne Kille Slaugh (English Lit
erature)
Lois A n n Smith (Psychology)
Sarah Hyslop Spofford (H igh H on
ors—Fine Arts)
M ary A lzina Stone (H igh Honors—
Anne Strong Gilbert (English Litera
ture)
Nathalie G oetter Goldstein (H on
ors—Psychology)
Elizabeth-Barbara Graves (H igh
Honors— Fine Arts)
Norman W . Green (H istory)
Linda Evelyn G ump (French)
Sylvia M elanie Hand (Psychology)
David A . H ansen (H istory)
H istory)
Barbara Harrison Smith (English Lit
erature)
149
Lenorb M. Stoughton (Latin)
Pamela Rogers T aylor (English Lit
erature)
R. Robb Taylor (H onors — English Lit
erature)
W anda A nne T yler (H istory)
Elizabeth Stern Uhr (English Liter
ature)
Priscilla Shumway W ashburn (H igh
Honors — French )
W illiam W aterfield, Jr. (English Lit
erature)
M aureen D olores W atson (History)
Robert M orris W elsh (H igh Honors
— English Literature)
W illiam John W eston (English Lit
erature)
Carolyn W ilcox (Fine A rts)
Elizabeth M ary W ilkinson (H onors
— English Literature)
Katherine Jane W orth (English Lit
erature)
Cornelia R o c k w b l l W heeler
(French)
♦Alfred J. W robel (H istory)
A nne Carter Y oumans (English Lit
erature)
In the Division of the Social Sciences
Thomas M . A ltaffer (H igh Honors—
H istory)
\
D ennis M . A lward (H istory)
Robert H ugh A splundh (Econom ics)
Horace Crookham A yres, Jr. (P olit
ical Science)
Robert M arland Bailey (Economics)
Isaac Lucius Battin, Jr. (H igh H on
ors— Philosophy)
James Monahan Beshers (H onors—
History)
A my Blatchford (Political Science)
N ancy Jeannette Boden (Psychol
ogy)
Presley Robert Brown (Econom ics)
Evans H. Burn (Econom ics)
W oodward Lee Carter, Jr. (H igh
Honors— H istory)
N ancy N oel Cliffe (Psychology)
* John Phelps Corya (Econom ics)
James Floyd W right Cox (Political
Science)
Judith Louise D emond (Economics)
T homas Frederick D ernburg (H igh
Honors —Economics)
Sandra Lord D etwiler (H igh Honors
— Economics)
John W alter High, Jr. (History)
George Catron Hoffmann (Political
Science)
Stafford G orman W hittle John
ston (H igh Honors — H istory)
Ronald W inthrop Jones (H igh H on
ors— Economics )
Robert Blodgett Kyle, Jr.
(Eco
nom ics)
James A vra Lands (History)
Franz Sigmund Josef Leichter (High
Honors-^-History)
D onald J. Lloyd-Jones (Economics)
Ronald P. Maddox (History)
Anne M artin M aurice (H onors—
Philosophy)
D onald H. Mawson (H onors —Eco
nomics)
Beverly Louise Miller (Psychology)
Ellis Robert Mottur (H onors —His
tory)
D onald Edward Pearson (H onors—
Political Science)
T homas A ndrew Reiner (H igh H on
ors— Political Science)
Richard N ewton Rosecrance (H igh
Honors— Political Science)
♦Richard W . D ole, Jr. (Psychology)
Eugene Jay Finkel (H onors— H istory)
Paul M orton Gaston (H igh Honors
— H istory)
Robert Eugene G ernert (Economics)
Robert W oodruff Hamilton (H igh
Honors —Economics)
Charles Griffith Hankins, III (E co
nom ics)
G eorge A ndrews Hay, Jr. (H onors—
Economics)
W alter D ouglas Schmitz (Econom
ics)
Surjo Sediono (Political Science— In
ternational Relations)
Raymond Fulton Smith, Jr. (Econom
ics)
Susanne Hardick Smith (Political
Science)
Ross Leland Snyder, Jr. (Psychology)
Frederic N eil Spotts (H onors — Polit
ical Science)
Richard Eddy H eath (H onors — Eco
nomics)
John Conrad H enefer (Political Sci
ence)
As of June 11,. 1951.
150
W illiam W illard Stover (Econom ics)
W illiam Raymond Sutton (Political
Science)
Richard W addington (H onors — Eco
Carol Lee T hompson (Political Sci
nomics)
ence)
M alcolm W illison (H onors — History)
W . Park W oodrow (H onors — Psychol
J. Richard T omlinson (H istory)
D. Charles V alsing (Political Science)
Robert W alter W acha (Econom ics)
ogy)
In the Division o f Mathematics and the Natural Sciences
Joan
Berkowitz
(H igh
Barbara Anne Lower (H onors —
Mathematics)
Laura Caroline Maurer (Highest
Honors — Physics)
Elspeth M ary Monro (Biology)
Arthur S. Obermayer (H igh Honors
— Chemistry)
Evelyn Betsy Popky (Mathematics)
D avid D ickinson Potter (H igh H on
Honors—
Chemistry)
Philip W illiams Brandt (B iology)
A nne Chapin Buel (Mathematics)
Peter Calingaert (H igh Honors—
Physics)
Susan T ownsend Carver (Z o o lo g y )
fWiLLiAM W allace D owney, Jr. ( Z o
ology)
John Ridgway D urant (Z o o lo g y )
Roger A llen Feldman (Z o o lo g y )
M axine Frank (H igh Honors— Chem
ors— Z oolog y )
Robert Blake Reeves (H igh Honors—
Zoology)
♦Harvey Clayton T aylor (Mathe
matics )
V ivianne Thimann (H ighest Honors—
Zoology)
Richard Curtis W illmott (Honors—
Mathematics)
Louis Marshall W iner (H igh Honors
—Mathematics)
Barbara Claire W olff (H ighest H on
ors—Zoology)
Eldon G . W oodcock (Mathematics)
istry)
Laurence W illiam Fredrick (Mathe
matics )
Sarah T . G rinnell (Z o o lo g y )
A very Robert Harrington (H onors—
Psychology)
Julia H arvey (Z o o lo g y )
Malcolm Hill (Psychology)
N orman H . Kiess (Physics)
Louis A . Kislik (Mathematics)
M argaret Knipp (Z o o lo g y )
Bachelor
of
S c ie n c e
In the Division o f Engineering
George W illiam Place, Jr. (Mechan
W illiam B. Brosius, Jr . (Mechanical
ical Engineering)
Engineering)
W illiam John Porter, Jr. (Mechan
G uy A nthony Brusca (Electrical En
ical Engineering)
gineering)
M ichael S. Remorenko (Electrical
G eorge W ai Y ue Chang (Mechanical
Enginering)
Engineering)
H enry M . Rueger (Mechanical Engi
Robert A llen D exter (Electrical En
neering)
gineering)
A lbert Fernandez (Mechanical En
Laurie Ernest W illiam Seaman (C iv
gineering)
il Engineering)
Paul A rthur H ummer (Mechanical
John Reed Smucker, III (C ivil Engi
Engineering)
neering)
Charles Edward Jeanne (Electrical
Harold J. Swartout (Mechanical En
Engineering)
gineering)
A lan Bertram Kamman (C ivil En
Lewis Leland Tanguy, Jr . (Electrical
gineering)
Engineering)
D avid H enry Lemke (C ivil Engineer
Robert Franklin T aylor, II (C ivil
in g )
.!
Engineering)
Arthur R. Lewis (Mechanical Engi
T obe M . W einshenker (Electrical En
neering)
gineering)
Edward Paxson (C ivil Engineering)
Elmer Louis W inkler (Mechanical
John Randolph Peet (C ivil Engi
Engineering)
neering)
M
aster
of
Jack H ahn (Psychology)
* As of June 11, 1951.
f As of June 12, 1950.
A
rts
Jack N achmias (Psychology)
151
Enrollment o f Students b y Classes, 1951-52
M en
W om en
Total
.........
.........
.........
.........
100
116
120
132
83
98
102
115
183
214
222
247
T o t a l ............ .........
Special .................... ...........
Graduate ................ .........
468
6
3
398
4
0
866
10
477
402
879
Seniors .....................
Juniors .....................
Sophomores ...........
Freshmen ................
3
Geographical Distribution
217
210
92
52
39
32
26
20
18
11
11
9
8
8
7
6
6
5
5
5
5
4
4
4
4
4
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
152
Maine ..................................................
M o n ta n a ............................................
Oklahoma .........................................
O r e g o n ......... s ...................................
South C a ro lin a ..................................
South D a k o ta .....................................
Hawaii ................................................
Virgin Islands ..................................
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Total number o f students
from U . S. and territories
840
Nigeria .
Brazil . .
Canada .
China . .
France . .
Germany
England
Colombia
Indonesia
Japan . .
Jordan .
Ethiopia
Egypt ..................................................
Holland ..............................................
India ..................................................
Italy .......................................................
Israel ............................................... .
Libya ........................
Lebanon .............................................
P h ilip p in e s ...........................
Total from A b r o a d ..............
Grand T o t a l ................................
h-‘ ls >l s) K > io v > >v » o av >» < jiV > 44 ^
Pennsylvania.......................................
N ew Y o r k .........................................
N ew Jersey .......................................
M assachusetts.....................................
Maryland ...........................................
Illinois ................................................
District o f C o lu m b ia .......................
O hio ....................................................
Connecticut ......................... . ...........
C a lifo r n ia ...........................................
Virginia .............................., .............
I n d ia n a ................................................
Florida ................................................
Michigan ...........................................
W isconsin .........................................
C o lo r a d o .............................................
Kentucky ...........................................
Delaware ...........................................
Minnesota .........................................
M is s o u r i.............................................
W est V ir g in ia .................
North Carolina ................................
N ew Hampshire ..............................
Rhode I s la n d .....................................
Texas ..................................................
V e r m o n t ..............................................
A la b a m a ...............
N eb ra sk a ......................................
W ashington .......................................
Arizona ..............................................
Iowa ....................................................
Louisiana ...........................................
T e n n e sse e...........................................
A rk a n sa s.............................................
Georgia ................ ?’...........................
I d a h o .............................
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
39
879
Recent Publications About Swarthmore College
Aydelotte, Frank, Breaking the Academic Lockstep; the Development o f Honors
W ork in American Colleges and Universities, N . Y ., Harper, 1944.
Blanshard, Brand, T w o Swarthmore Presidents.
73, 687-89. Oct. 19-26, 1940.
Friends Intelligencer, v. 97, p. 671-
Carter, Boyd G., Swarthmore under Frank Aydelotte.
leges Bulletin,
v. 28, p. 316-19.
183 p.
Association o f American Col
May 1942.
Gager, Charles S., Theatres, Gardens and Horticulture.
Science,
v. 95, p. 635-39.
June 26, 1942.
G oing Concern. Time.
v. 35, p. 42-43.
March 4, 1940.
Nason, John W ., Cooperation between Haverford, Bryn Mawr and Swarthmore.
Haverford Review, v. 1, p. 4-7.
Autumn 1941.
Nicholson, Arnold W ., People’s Garden.
Saturday Evening Post. v. 217, p. 26-27.
A pril 14, 1945.
Shaw, Charles B., Library Cooperation between Bryn Mawr, Haverford and Swarth
more.
Haverford Review,
v. 1, p. 24-26.
Summer 1942.
Swarthmore College, The Inauguration o f John W illiam Nason as President o f
Swarthmore College, October 26, 1940.
38, no. 5; First Month 1941. 63 p.
In Bulletin o f Swarthmore College,
v.
Swarthmore College Faculty, Adventure in Education: Swarthmore College under
Frank Aydelotte.
N . Y . Macmillan, 1941.
236 p.
W alton, Jean B., Recent Changes in Group Activities Program at Swarthmore
College. Journal o f the National Association o f Deans of W om en,
164-65. June 1943.
v. 6, p.
W ister, John C., The Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural Foundation:
History: January 1, 1930 to December 31, 1939.
lege. v. 37, no. 5. Sixth Month 1940. 89 p.
Y oder, Robert M ., Station-Wagon College.
p. 40.
October 8, 1949.
153
a Ten Year
In Bulletin o f Swarthmore Col
Saturday Evening Post.
v. 222, no. 15,
Index
Absence from Classes and Collection, 59
Absence from Examinations, 60, 61
Academic Requirements, committee on, 18,
60
Addams, Jane, Peace Collection (See
Swarthmore College Peace Collection)
Administrative Officers, 19-21
Admissions Procedure, 28-30
Application Dates, 29
Scholastic Aptitude and Achievement
Tests, 29, 30
School Subjects Recommended, 29
Advanced Degrees, 62-63.
Advanced Standing, 30
Advisers, 47
Alumnae Scholarship, 35
Alumni Association, Officers of, 10
Alumni Council, 10
Alumni Office, 47
Arthur Hoyt Scott Horticultural Founda
tion, 43-44
Astronomical Observatories, 41, 68
Astronomy, Courses in, 68-70
Athletic Fields, see Map, 158
Athletics and Physical Education, 131-133
Atkinson (Barclay G .) Scholarship, 38
Atkinson (Rebecca M .) Scholarship, 38
Attendance at Classes and Collection, 59
Automobiles, Regulations concerning, 48
Awards and Prizes, 64-65
Bachelor o f Arts Degree, 62
Bachelor o f Science Degree, 62
Baker, (G eorge F .) Scholarships, 33
Benjamin W est House, 44
Benjamin W est Society, 44
Bibliography o f Swarthmore, 153
Biddle Memorial Library, Honorary Cur
ators of, 21
Biology, Courses in, 71-76
Board o f Managers, Committees of, 9
Board o f Managers, Members of, 8
Book Bill, 31
Botany, Courses in, 71-73
B uildings, see Map, 158
Activities and Class Lodges
Astronomical Observatories
Bartol Research Foundation
Bassett House
Beardsley Hall
Benjamin W est House
Biddle Memorial Library
Bond Memorial
Chemistry, Hall o f
Faculty Residences
Field House
Hall Gymnasium
Hicks Hall
Isaac H . Clothier Memorial
Library Building
Martin (Edw ard) Biological Labor
atory
Meeting House
Palmer Hall
Pittenger Hall
Parrish Hall
Roberts Hall
Scott (Arthur H oyt) Outdoor A udi
torium
Somerville H all (Gymnasium for
W om en )
Sproul Observatory
Students’ Observatory
Swimming Pools
Thomas House
Trotter Hall
Wharton Hall
W orth Hall
Bunting (Ella Frances) Extemporaneous
Speaking Contest, 64
Calendar, College, 5-6
Calendar, Lunar, 4
Chemistry, Courses in, 77-81
Chi Omega Scholarship, 38
Churches, 45
Class o f 1913 Loan Fund, 39
Class o f 1915 Scholarship Fund, 37
Class o f 1916 Loan Fund, 39
Classics, Courses in, 82-85
Collection, 46
Collection Attendance, Regulation con
cerning, 46, 60
College Community, 25
College Entrance Examinations, 29-30
College Jobs, 33
Committees o f the Board o f Managers, 9
Committees o f the Faculty, 18
Comprehensive Examinations, 53, 55, 60,
Cooper (Sarah Kaighn) Scholarship, 35
Cooper (W illia m J.) Foundation, 42-43
Cooperation with Neighboring Institu
tions, 24, 146
Corporation, Officers of, 8
Index
Course Advisers, 47, 56
Courses of Instruction, 67-146
Astronomy, 68-70
Biology, 71-76
Chemistry, 77-81
Classics, 82-85
Economics, 86-88
Engineering, 89-99
Civil, 91-93
Electrical, 94-97
Mechanical, 98-99
English Literature, 100-104
Fine Arts, 105-107
History, 108-111
International Relations, 112-136
Mathematics, 113-116
Modern Languages, 117-124
Music, 125-126
Philosophy and Religion, 127-130
Physical Education for Men, 131
Physical Education for W om en, 132133
Physics, 134-135
Political Science, 136-140
Psychology and Education, 141-145
Russian Studies, 146
Crane Prize, 64
Curators o f Biddle Memorial Library, 21
Cutting (Bronson M .) Collection, 44
Degrees, 62-63
Advanced Engineering
Bachelor o f Arts
Bachelor o f Science
Master o f Arts
Master o f Science
Degrees Conferred, 149-151
Dining Rooms, 45
Directions for Correspondence, 2
Directions for Reaching the College, 24
Divisions and Departments, 17
Dormitories, 45
Dorsey (W illia m ) Scholarship, 38
Economics, Courses in, 86-88
Education, Courses in, 141, 144
Education, Physical, 131-133
Educational Program, 26, 51-59
Ellsler (G eorge) Scholarship, 38
Emeritus Professors, 11
Engineering, Courses in, 89-99
Engineering, Degrees in, 52, 61-63, 89
English Literature, Courses in, 100-104
Entrance Requirements, 28-30
Examination Regulations, 60-61
Examinations, College Board, 29, 30
Exclusion from College, 61
Expenses, 31
Extra or Fewer Courses, 60
Extra-Curricular Activities, 49-50
Faculty, Members of, 11-16
Faculty Regulations, 48, 59-61
Fees (Tuition, Residence, etc.), 31
Fellowships, 65-66
Ferguson (D onald R enw ick), Scholarship,
34
Fine Arts, Courses in, 105-107
Foreign Language Requirements, 54, 55
Foreign Students, 152
French, Courses in, 117-120
Friends College Scholarships, 39
Friends Historical Library, 41-42
Friends Meeting, 45
Geographical Distribution o f Students,
152
German Language and Literature, Courses
in, 120-122
Gillingham (Joseph E .) Fund, 38
Grades, 60
Graduation, Requirements for, 61-62
Grants-in-aid, 33
Greek Language and Literature, Courses
in, 82
Hayes (John Russell) Poetry Prizes, 65
Health, Care o f Student, 46-47
Hillborn (Rachel W .) Scholarship, 37
History, Courses in, 108-111.
Honors W ork, 56-58
Admission to, 58
Combinations o f Majors and Minors,
57-58
Examinations, 57
Examiners, 57, 148
Housing, 25, 45
Infirmaries, 46-47 s
Insurance, Accident and Sickness, 32, 47
International Relations, Courses in, 112,
136
Italian, Courses in, 122-123
Ivins (Aaron B .) Scholarship, 34
Ivy Award, 64
Index
Johnson (G eorge K . and Sallie K .) Fund,
35
Johnson (H ow ard C ooper) Scholarship,
34
Kappa Alpha Theta Scholarship Fund, 36
Kovalenko (Jessie Stevenson) Scholarship,
36
Latin Language and Literature, Courses
in, 83-84
Leedom (Hannah A .) Fellowship, 65
Leedom (Thomas L .) Scholarship, 38
Libraries, 41-42
Biddle Memorial, 41
College, 41
Friends Historical, 42
Lilly (Scott B .) Scholarship, 34
Lippincott (Joshua) Fellowship, 65
Lippincott (Sarah E .) Scholarship, 38
Loans to Students, 33, 39
Location o f the College, 24
Lockwood (Joh n ) Memorial Fellowship,
65
Longstreth (Mary T .) Scholarship, 36
Lucretia M ott Fellowship, 65
Managers, Board of, 7, 8
M ap o f College Grounds, 158-159
Martin Biological Laboratory, 41
Mary Lyon School Property, 45
Mathematics, Courses in, 113-116
McCabe Engineering Award, 64
McCabe (Thomas B .) Scholarship, 34
Meeting House, 45
M en’s Student Government, 49
M iller (James E .) Scholarship, 38
M iller (John A .) Loan Fund, 40
M oon, Owen, Fund for Public Speaking,
64
Morrell (L o is) Poetry Award, 64
M ott (Lucretia) Fellowship, 65
Music, Courses in, 125-126
New ton (A . Edward) Library Prize, 64
Oak Leaf Award, 64
Observatories, Astronomical, 41, 68
Open Scholarships for Men, 34
Open Scholarships for W om en, 35
Paiste (H arriet) Fund, 36
Palmer Hall, 45
Parrish Hall, 45
Pearson (Paul M .) Loan Fund, 40
Perkins
(T . H . D udley)
Memorial
Scholarship, 34
Philosophy, Courses in, 127-130
Physical Education for Men, 130
Physical Education for W om en, 132-133
Physical Education Requirements, 61, 131133
Physics, Courses in, 134-135
Pittenger Hall, 45
Plan o f College Grounds, 158-159
Political Science, Courses in, 136-140
Potter (W m . Plummer) Public Speaking
Fund, 64
Pre-Medical Program, 59
Presser Music Scholarships, 38
Preston (Mary Coates) Scholarship Fund,
35
Prizes, 64-65
Program of Study, 52-59
For Freshmen and Sophomores, 5355
For Juniors and Seniors, 55-58
Honors W ork, 56-58
Pre-Medical Program, 59
Psychology, Courses in, 141-145
Public Speaking Prizes, 64
Reeves (M ark E .) Scholarship, 38
Religion, Courses in, 127-130
Religious Life, 45-46
Requirements for Admission, 28-30
Requirements for Graduation, 61-62
Residence, Regulations concerning, 45, 62
Roberts Hall, 45
Russian Studies,. Courses in, 146
Scholarships, List of, 33-39
Scholastic Aptitude Test, 29, 30
Scott (Arthur H oyt) Horticultural Foun
dation, 43-44
Serrill (W illia m G . and Mary N .) Schol
arship, 35
Shoemaker (A n n ie) Scholarship, 35
Sicard (Katherine B .) Prize, 64
Sigma X i Fellowship, 66
Social Committee, 49
Somerville Committee, 49
Spanish, Courses in, 123-124
Sproul (M ary) Scholarship, 38
Squier (H elen ) Scholarship, 38
Index
Underhill (D an iel) Scholarship, 37
W est, Benjamin, Society, 44
Westbury Quarterly Meeting Scholarship,
38
W harton Hall, 45
W harton (Deborah F .) Scholarship, 38
W hite Open Scholarships for W om en, 31
W illets (Samuel) Fund, 39
W illiam J. Cooper Foundation, 42-43
W illiams (Ellis D .) Fund, 40
W illiam son (I. V . ) Scholarships, 39
W ilson (Edward Clarkson) Scholarship,
37
W om en’s Student Government Associa
tion, 49
W o o d (M ary) Fund, 36
W oodnutt (Thom as) Scholarship, 38
W oolm an House, 45
W orth Hall, 45
Vocational Advising, 47
Zoology, Courses in, 73-76
States, Summary o f Students by, 152
Student Aid, 33
Student Council, 49
Student’s Handbook, 50
Sullivan (Joseph T .) Scholarship, 38
Sullivan (Marshal P .) Scholarship, 36
Summer School W ork , 61
Swarthmore College Peace Collection, 42
Swarthmore College Student Loan Fund,
40
Taylor, (Jonathan K .) Scholarship, 37
Thome (Phebe Anna) Fund, 37
Tuition and Other Fees, 31
Tuition Plan, 31-32
Tyson (Martha E .) Fellowship, 65
157
1 Wharton Hall
Sproul Observatory
Hall Gymnasium
■ Parrish Hall
H ockey Field
Tennis Courts
Beardsley Hall
8 Trotter Hall
I Somerville Gymnasium
10 College Library and
Biddle Memorial
Library
I I T he Hall o f Chemistry
12 Cunningham H ouse
13 Benjamin W est H ouse
14 The M eeting H ouse
15 Faculty H ouses
16 T he President's H ouse
17 Swarthmore Field
18 Alumni Field
19 Pow er Plant
20 Employees’ Dorm itory
21 T he Swimming Pools
22 W hittier H ouse
23 Book and K ey H ouse
24 H icks Hall
25 T he Railroad Station
26 Phi Kappa Psi Fraternity
Lodge
21 D elta Upsilon Fraternity
Lodge
28 Phi Sigma Kappa Fra
ternity Lodge
29 Kappa Sigma Fraternity
Lodge
30 W orth Dormitory
31 W oolm an H ouse
32 Phi D elta Theta Frater
nity Lodge
33 Bond
Memorial
and
W om en’ s Class and
Activities Lodges
34 Bartol Foundation Labor
atory
35 Clothier Memorial
36 Arthur H oyt Scott Audi
torium
57 Employees’ Houses
38 Lamb-Miller Field H ouse
and M orris L. Clothier
Fields
39 Palmer, Pittenger a n d
Roberts Halls
40 Edward Martin Biolog
ical Laboratory
41 Bassett House
\\
' 23
IS
o ts
24
!6
N
IS
ffian et the (jrounds
of
KjùjQ 7> if2m o7X 5
•Sosie
(Jottege
Swarthmore College Catalogue, 1952-1953
A digital archive of the Swarthmore College Annual Catalog.
1952 - 1953
169 pages
reformatted digital